patch 7.4.742

Problem:    Cannot specify a vertical split when loading a buffer for a
            quickfix command.
Solution:   Add the "vsplit" value to 'switchbuf'. (Brook Hong)

.gitignore

@@ -62,11 +62,14 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
-src/po/*.ck 
-src/testdir/mbyte.vim 
-src/testdir/mzscheme.vim 
-src/testdir/lua.vim 
-src/testdir/small.vim 
-src/testdir/tiny.vim 
+src/po/*.ck
+src/testdir/mbyte.vim
+src/testdir/mzscheme.vim
+src/testdir/lua.vim
+src/testdir/small.vim
+src/testdir/tiny.vim
 src/testdir/test*.out
+src/testdir/test*.failed
 src/testdir/test.log
+src/testdir/dostmp/*
+src/memfile_test

Filelist

@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/crypt.c \
+		src/crypt_zip.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
 		src/edit.c \
@@ -80,6 +82,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
 		src/testdir/main.aap \
+		src/testdir/README.txt \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/test[0-9]*.ok \
@@ -99,10 +102,15 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/subsubmodule/subsubsubmodule.py \
 		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
 		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
+		src/testdir/bench*.in \
+		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
+		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/crypt.pro \
+		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
@@ -272,6 +280,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_bc3.mak \
 		src/Make_bc5.mak \
 		src/Make_cyg.mak \
+		src/Make_cyg_ming.mak \
 		src/Make_djg.mak \
 		src/Make_ivc.mak \
 		src/Make_dvc.mak \
@@ -289,6 +298,8 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/dosinst.h \
 		src/glbl_ime.cpp \
 		src/glbl_ime.h \
+		src/gui_dwrite.cpp \
+		src/gui_dwrite.h \
 		src/gui_w16.c \
 		src/gui_w32.c \
 		src/gui_w48.c \

README.txt

@@ -110,6 +110,3 @@ MAIN AUTHOR
 Send any other comments, patches, flowers and suggestions to:
 
 	Bram Moolenaar		E-mail:	Bram@vim.org
-	Finsterruetihof 1
-	8134 Adliswil
-	Switzerland

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # NSIS file to create a self-installing exe for Vim.
 # It requires NSIS version 2.0 or later.
-# Last Change:	2010 Jul 30
+# Last Change:	2014 Nov 5
 
 # WARNING: if you make changes to this script, look out for $0 to be valid,
 # because uninstall deletes most files in $0.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ SetDatablockOptimize on
 RequestExecutionLevel highest
 
 ComponentText "This will install Vim ${VER_MAJOR}.${VER_MINOR} on your computer."
-DirText "Choose a directory to install Vim (must end in 'vim')"
+DirText "Choose a directory to install Vim (should contain 'vim')"
 Icon icons\vim_16c.ico
 # NSIS2 uses a different strategy with six different images in a strip...
 #EnabledBitmap icons\enabled.bmp
@@ -135,11 +135,6 @@ FunctionEnd
 # We only accept the directory if it ends in "vim".  Using .onVerifyInstDir has
 # the disadvantage that the browse dialog is difficult to use.
 Function CheckInstallDir
-  StrCpy $0 $INSTDIR 3 -3
-  StrCmp $0 "vim" PathGood
-    MessageBox MB_OK "The path must end in 'vim'."
-    Abort
-  PathGood:
 FunctionEnd
 
 Function .onInstSuccess

runtime/autoload/gzip.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for editing compressed files.
 " Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2008 Jul 04
+" Last Change: 2014 Nov 05
 
 " These functions are used by the gzip plugin.
 
@@ -120,6 +120,8 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
     silent! exe "bwipe " . tmp_esc
     silent! exe "bwipe " . tmpe_esc
   endif
+  " Store the OK flag, so that we can use it when writing.
+  let b:uncompressOk = ok
 
   " Restore saved option values.
   let &pm = pm_save
@@ -146,8 +148,10 @@ endfun
 
 " After writing compressed file: Compress written file with "cmd"
 fun gzip#write(cmd)
+  if exists('b:uncompressOk') && !b:uncompressOk
+    echomsg "Not compressing file because uncompress failed; reset b:uncompressOk to compress anyway"
   " don't do anything if the cmd is not supported
-  if s:check(a:cmd)
+  elseif s:check(a:cmd)
     " Rename the file before compressing it.
     let nm = resolve(expand("<afile>"))
     let nmt = s:tempname(nm)

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,49 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2011 Apr 28
+" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+
+" Distinguish between HTML versions.
+" To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
+" proper DOCTYPE.
+function! htmlcomplete#DetectOmniFlavor()
+  if &filetype == 'xhtml'
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10s'
+  else
+    let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401t'
+  endif
+  let i = 1
+  let line = ""
+  while i < 10 && i < line("$")
+    let line = getline(i)
+    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '
+      break
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '  " doctype line found above
+    if line =~ ' HTML 3\.2'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html32'
+    elseif line =~ ' XHTML 1\.1'
+      let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml11'
+    else    " two-step detection with strict/frameset/transitional
+      if line =~ ' XHTML 1\.0'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4\.01'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401'
+      elseif line =~ ' HTML 4.0\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html40'
+      endif
+      if line =~ '\<Transitional\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 't'
+      elseif line =~ '\<Frameset\>'
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 'f'
+      else
+	let b:html_omni_flavor .= 's'
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunction
 
 function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
   if a:findstart

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Aug 27, 2013
+" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	14
+" Version:	15
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ endif
 " NetrwSettings: {{{1
 fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   " this call is here largely just to insure that netrw has been loaded
-  call netrw#NetrwSavePosn()
+  call netrw#SavePosn()
   if !exists("g:loaded_netrw")
    echohl WarningMsg | echomsg "***sorry*** netrw needs to be loaded prior to using NetrwSettings" | echohl None
    return
@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_options      = '.g:netrw_sort_options
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
+  put = 'let g:netrw_servername        = '.g:netrw_servername
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd           = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd

runtime/autoload/netrw_gitignore.vim

@@ -61,9 +61,16 @@ function! netrw_gitignore#Hide(...)
   " convert gitignore patterns to Netrw/Vim regex patterns
   let escaped_lines = []
   for line in gitignore_lines
-    let escaped       = line
-    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
-    let escaped       = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    let escaped = line
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\*\*', '*', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\.', '\\.', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\$', '\\$', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '*', '.*', 'g')
+    " correction: dot, dollar and asterisks chars shouldn't be escaped when
+    " within regex matching groups.
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\.', '\.', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\\\$', '\$', 'g')
+    let escaped = substitute(escaped, '\(\[[^]]*\)\zs\.\*', '*', 'g')
     let escaped_lines = add(escaped_lines, escaped)
   endfor
 

runtime/compiler/go.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Go
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = 'go'
+
+if exists(':CompilerSet') != 2
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=go\ build
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+    \%-G#\ %.%#,
+    \%A%f:%l:%c:\ %m,
+    \%A%f:%l:\ %m,
+    \%C%*\\s%m,
+    \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+
+" vim: sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/compiler/msvc.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	Miscrosoft Visual C
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2005 Nov 30
+" Last Change:	2014 Sep 20
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -229,7 +229,6 @@ HTMLS = \
 	starting.html \
 	syntax.html \
 	tabpage.html \
-	tags.html \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
 	tips.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 02
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -278,6 +278,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |ShellCmdPost|		after executing a shell command
 |ShellFilterPost|	after filtering with a shell command
 
+|CmdUndefined|		a user command is used but it isn't defined
 |FuncUndefined|		a user function is used but it isn't defined
 |SpellFileMissing|	a spell file is used but it can't be found
 |SourcePre|		before sourcing a Vim script
@@ -465,6 +466,16 @@ BufWriteCmd			Before writing the whole buffer to a file.
 							*BufWritePost*
 BufWritePost			After writing the whole buffer to a file
 				(should undo the commands for BufWritePre).
+							*CmdUndefined*
+CmdUndefined			When a user command is used but it isn't
+				defined.  Useful for defining a command only
+				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
+				against the command name.  Both <amatch> and
+				<afile> are set to the name of the command.
+				NOTE: Autocompletion won't work until the
+				command is defined.  An alternative is to
+				always define the user command and have it
+				invoke an autoloaded function.  See |autoload|.
 							*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinEnter			After entering the command-line window.
 				Useful for setting options specifically for
@@ -508,6 +519,11 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				operator.
 				While recording the CursorHold event is not
 				triggered. |q|
+							*<CursorHold>*
+				Internally the autocommand is triggered by the
+				<CursorHold> key. In an expression mapping
+				|getchar()| may see this character.
+
 				Note: Interactive commands cannot be used for
 				this event.  There is no hit-enter prompt,
 				the screen is updated directly (when needed).
@@ -670,6 +686,8 @@ FuncUndefined			When a user function is used but it isn't
 				when it's used.  The pattern is matched
 				against the function name.  Both <amatch> and
 				<afile> are set to the name of the function.
+				NOTE: When writing Vim scripts a better
+				alternative is to use an autoloaded function.
 				See |autoload-functions|.
 							*GUIEnter*
 GUIEnter			After starting the GUI successfully, and after
@@ -915,6 +933,13 @@ WinLeave			Before leaving a window.  If the window to be
 ==============================================================================
 6. Patterns					*autocmd-patterns* *{pat}*
 
+The {pat} argument can be a comma separated list.  This works as if the
+command was given with each pattern separately.  Thus this command: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt,*.info set et
+Is equivalent to: >
+	:autocmd BufRead *.txt set et
+	:autocmd BufRead *.info set et
+
 The file pattern {pat} is tested for a match against the file name in one of
 two ways:
 1. When there is no '/' in the pattern, Vim checks for a match against only

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1103,11 +1103,12 @@ There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
 4. 26 named registers "a to "z or "A to "Z
-5. four read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
-6. the expression register "=
-7. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
-8. The black hole register "_
-9. Last search pattern register "/
+5. three read-only registers ":, "., "%
+6. alternate buffer register "#
+7. the expression register "=
+8. The selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+9. The black hole register "_
+10. Last search pattern register "/
 
 1. Unnamed register ""				*quote_quote* *quotequote*
 Vim fills this register with text deleted with the "d", "c", "s", "x" commands
@@ -1153,7 +1154,7 @@ letters to replace their previous contents or as uppercase letters to append
 to their previous contents.  When the '>' flag is present in 'cpoptions' then
 a line break is inserted before the appended text.
 
-5. Read-only registers ":, "., "% and "#
+5. Read-only registers ":, ". and "%
 These are '%', '#', ':' and '.'.  You can use them only with the "p", "P",
 and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 						*quote_.* *quote.* *E29*
@@ -1164,8 +1165,6 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 		('textwidth' and other options affect what is inserted).
 							*quote_%* *quote%*
 	"%	Contains the name of the current file.
-							*quote_#* *quote#*
-	"#	Contains the name of the alternate file.
 						*quote_:* *quote:* *E30*
 	":	Contains the most recent executed command-line.  Example: Use
 		"@:" to repeat the previous command-line command.
@@ -1174,16 +1173,33 @@ and ":put" commands and with CTRL-R.  {not in Vi}
 		the command was completely from a mapping.
 		{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist|
 		feature}
+							*quote_#* *quote#*
+6. Alternate file register "#
+Contains the name of the alternate file for the current window.  It will
+change how the |CTRL-^| command works.
+This register is writable, mainly to allow for restoring it after a plugin has
+changed it.  It accepts buffer number: >
+    let altbuf = bufnr(@#)
+    ...
+    let @# = altbuf
+It will give error |E86| if you pass buffer number and this buffer does not
+exist.
+It can also accept a match with an existing buffer name: >
+    let @# = 'buffer_name'
+Error |E93| if there is more than one buffer matching the given name or |E94|
+if none of buffers matches the given name.
 
-6. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
+7. Expression register "=			*quote_=* *quote=* *@=*
 This is not really a register that stores text, but is a way to use an
 expression in commands which use a register.  The expression register is
-read-only; you cannot put text into it.  After the '=', the cursor moves to
-the command-line, where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All
-normal command-line editing commands are available, including a special
-history for expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim
-computes the result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons
-the expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
+read-write.
+
+When typing the '=' after " or CTRL-R the cursor moves to the command-line,
+where you can enter any expression (see |expression|).  All normal
+command-line editing commands are available, including a special history for
+expressions.  When you end the command-line by typing <CR>, Vim computes the
+result of the expression.  If you end it with <Esc>, Vim abandons the
+expression.  If you do not enter an expression, Vim uses the previous
 expression (like with the "/" command).
 
 The expression must evaluate to a String.  A Number is always automatically
@@ -1196,7 +1212,7 @@ If the "= register is used for the "p" command, the String is split up at <NL>
 characters.  If the String ends in a <NL>, it is regarded as a linewise
 register.  {not in Vi}
 
-7. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
+8. Selection and drop registers "*, "+ and "~ 
 Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
 See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.  When the clipboard is not available or not
 working, the unnamed register is used instead.  For Unix systems the clipboard
@@ -1218,17 +1234,17 @@ GTK GUI}
 Note: The "~ register is only used when dropping plain text onto Vim.
 Drag'n'drop of URI lists is handled internally.
 
-8. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
+9. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
 When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.  {not in Vi}
 
-9. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
 register.  The search direction is available in |v:searchforward|.
-Note that the valued is restored when returning from a function
+Note that the value is restored when returning from a function
 |function-search-undo|.
 {not in Vi}
 
@@ -1443,10 +1459,10 @@ When you hit Return in a C-comment, Vim will insert the middle comment leader
 for the new line: " * ".  To close this comment you just have to type "/"
 before typing anything else on the new line.  This will replace the
 middle-comment leader with the end-comment leader and apply any specified
-alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit BackSpace first.
+alignment, leaving just " */".  There is no need to hit Backspace first.
 
-When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a maching end part
-which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
+When there is a match with a middle part, but there also is a matching end
+part which is longer, the end part is used.  This makes a C style comment work
 without requiring the middle part to end with a space.
 
 Here is an example of alignment flags at work to make a comment stand out
@@ -1717,8 +1733,8 @@ Note that using `:sort` with `:global` doesn't sort the matching lines, it's
 quite useless.
 
 The details about sorting depend on the library function used.  There is no
-guarantee that sorting is "stable" or obeys the current locale.  You will have
-to try it out.
+guarantee that sorting obeys the current locale.  You will have to try it out.
+Vim does do a "stable" sort.
 
 The sorting can be interrupted, but if you interrupt it too late in the
 process you may end up with duplicated lines.  This also depends on the system

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 23
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ history tables:
 These are completely separate.  Each history can only be accessed when
 entering the same type of line.
 Use the 'history' option to set the number of lines that are remembered
-(default: 20).
+(default: 50).
 Notes:
 - When you enter a command-line that is exactly the same as an older one, the
   old one is removed (to avoid repeated commands moving older commands out of
@@ -1084,6 +1084,9 @@ another window, or drag statuslines of other windows.  You can drag the
 statusline of the command-line window itself and the statusline above it.
 Thus you can resize the command-line window, but not others.
 
+The |getcmdwintype()| function returns the type of the command-line being
+edited as described in |cmdwin-char|.
+
 
 AUTOCOMMANDS
 

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 20
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 :difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}			 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -266,13 +266,17 @@ that the buffers will be equal within the specified range.
 		See below for [range].
 
 							*do*
-do		Same as ":diffget" without argument or range.  The "o" stands
-		for "obtain" ("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of
-		"dgg"!). Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+[count]do	Same as ":diffget" without range.  The "o" stands for "obtain"
+		("dg" can't be used, it could be the start of "dgg"!). Note:
+		this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+		If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
+		for ":diffget".
 
 							*dp*
-dp		Same as ":diffput" without argument or range.
-		Note: this doesn't work in Visual mode.
+[count]dp	Same as ":diffput" without range.  Note: this doesn't work in
+		Visual mode.
+		If you give a [count], it is used as the [bufspec] argument
+		for ":diffput".
 
 
 When no [range] is given, the diff at the cursor position or just above it is
@@ -310,6 +314,19 @@ name or a part of a buffer name.  Examples:
 
 Also see |'diffopt'| and the "diff" item of |'fillchars'|.
 
+					    *diff-slow* *diff_translations*
+For very long lines, the diff syntax highlighting might be slow, especially
+since it tries to match all different kind of localisations. To disable
+localisations and speed up the syntax highlighting, set the global variable
+g:diff_translations to zero: >
+
+    let g:diff_translations = 0
+<
+After setting this variable, Reload the syntax script: >
+
+    set syntax=diff
+<
+
 
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Apr 17
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -170,6 +170,11 @@ used for the currency sign, and latin9 (iso-8859-15), where the digraph =e is
 used for the euro sign, while both of them are the character 164, 0xa4.  For
 compatibility with zsh Eu can also be used for the euro sign.
 
+ROUBLE
+
+The rouble sign was added in 2014 as 0x20bd.  Vim supports the digraphs =R and
+=P for this.  Note that R= and P= are other characters.
+
 							*digraph-table*
 char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ^@	NU	0x00	  0	NULL (NUL)
@@ -966,6 +971,8 @@ char  digraph	hex	dec	official name ~
 ₧	Pt	20A7	8359	PESETA SIGN
 ₩	W=	20A9	8361	WON SIGN
 €	Eu	20AC	8364	EURO SIGN
+₽	=R	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
+₽	=P	20BD	8381	ROUBLE SIGN
 ℃	oC	2103	8451	DEGREE CELSIUS
 ℅	co	2105	8453	CARE OF
 ℉	oF	2109	8457	DEGREE FAHRENHEIT

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 02
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -304,7 +304,8 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 			Mnemonic: "goto file".
 			Uses the 'isfname' option to find out which characters
 			are supposed to be in a file name.  Trailing
-			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored.
+			punctuation characters ".,:;!" are ignored. Escaped
+			spaces "\ " are reduced to a single space.
 			Uses the 'path' option as a list of directory names to
 			look for the file.  See the 'path' option for details
 			about relative directories and wildcards.
@@ -609,7 +610,10 @@ list of the current window.
 			{not in Vi}
 
 :[count]arga[dd] {name} ..			*:arga* *:argadd* *E479*
-			Add the {name}s to the argument list.
+:[count]arga[dd]
+			Add the {name}s to the argument list.  When {name} is
+			omitted add the current buffer name to the argument
+			list.
 			If [count] is omitted, the {name}s are added just
 			after the current entry in the argument list.
 			Otherwise they are added after the [count]'th file.
@@ -619,7 +623,8 @@ list of the current window.
 				:argadd x	a b x c
 				:0argadd x	x a b c
 				:1argadd x	a x b c
-				:99argadd x	a b c x
+				:$argadd x	a b c x
+				:+2argadd y	a b c x y
 			There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
 			add a file to the argument list twice.
 			The currently edited file is not changed.
@@ -641,11 +646,19 @@ list of the current window.
 <			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
 
-:{range}argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+:[range]argd[elete]	Delete the {range} files from the argument list.
+			Example: >
+				:10,$argdel
+<			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9. >
+				:$argd
+<			Deletes just the last one. >
+				:argd
+				:.argd
+<			Deletes the current argument. >
+				:%argd
+<			Removes all the files from the arglist.
 			When the last number in the range is too high, up to
-			the last argument is deleted.  Example: >
-				:10,1000argdel
-<			Deletes arguments 10 and further, keeping 1-9.
+			the last argument is deleted.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
 			|+listcmds| feature}
 
@@ -820,8 +833,9 @@ current window.  The two windows then share this list, until one of them uses
 USING THE ARGUMENT LIST
 
 						*:argdo*
-:argdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} for each file in the argument list.
-			It works like doing this: >
+:[range]argdo[!] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} for each file in the argument list or
+			if [range] is specified only for arguments in that
+			range.  It works like doing this: >
 				:rewind
 				:{cmd}
 				:next
@@ -1077,9 +1091,12 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.  See |:confirm| and 'confirm'.  {not in Vi}
 
-:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when visible buffers have
-			changes.  Does not exit when there are changed hidden
-			buffers.  Use ":qall!" to exit always.
+:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when currently visible
+			buffers have changes.  Does not exit when this is the
+			last window and there is a changed hidden buffer.
+			In this case, the first changed hidden buffer becomes
+			the current buffer.
+			Use ":qall!" to exit always.
 
 :cq[uit]		Quit always, without writing, and return an error
 			code.  See |:cq|.  Used for Manx's QuickFix mode (see
@@ -1362,11 +1379,21 @@ cannot be read without the right key.
 {only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}  *E833*
 
 The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.  *E843*
+However, this is done block-by-block and may reduce the time needed to crack a
+password.  You can disable the swap file, but then a crash will cause you to
+lose your work.  The undo file can be disabled without much disadvantage. >
+	:set noundofile
+	:noswapfile edit secrets
 
 Note: The text in memory is not encrypted.  A system administrator may be able
 to see your text while you are editing it.  When filtering text with
-":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is not encrypted, this may reveal
-it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
+":!filter" or using ":w !command" the text is also not encrypted, this may
+reveal it to others.  The 'viminfo' file is not encrypted.
+
+You could do this to edit very secret text: >
+	:set noundofile viminfo=
+	:noswapfile edit secrets.txt
+Keep in mind that without a swap file you risk losing your work in a crash.
 
 WARNING: If you make a typo when entering the key and then write the file and
 exit, the text will be lost!
@@ -1393,18 +1420,23 @@ To disable the encryption, reset the 'key' option to an empty value: >
 	:set key=
 
 You can use the 'cryptmethod' option to select the type of encryption, use one
-of these two: >
-	:setlocal cm=zip       " weak method, backwards compatible
-	:setlocal cm=blowfish  " strong method
+of these: >
+	:setlocal cm=zip        " weak method, backwards compatible
+	:setlocal cm=blowfish   " method with flaws
+	:setlocal cm=blowfish2  " medium strong method
+
 Do this before writing the file.  When reading an encrypted file it will be
 set automatically to the method used when that file was written.  You can
 change 'cryptmethod' before writing that file to change the method.
-To set the default method, used for new files, use one of these in your
-|vimrc| file: >
-	set cm=zip
-	set cm=blowfish
+
+To set the default method, used for new files, use this in your |vimrc| 
+file: >
+	set cm=blowfish2
+Using "blowfish2" is highly recommended.  Only use another method if you
+must use an older Vim version that does not support it.
+
 The message given for reading and writing a file will show "[crypted]" when
-using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish.
+using zip, "[blowfish]" when using blowfish, etc.
 
 When writing an undo file, the same key and method will be used for the text
 in the undo file. |persistent-undo|.
@@ -1439,7 +1471,7 @@ lines to "/etc/magic", "/usr/share/misc/magic" or wherever your system has the
      0	string	VimCrypt~	Vim encrypted file
      >9	string	01	- "zip" cryptmethod
      >9	string	02	- "blowfish" cryptmethod
-
+     >9	string	03	- "blowfish2" cryptmethod
 
 Notes:
 - Encryption is not possible when doing conversion with 'charconvert'.
@@ -1463,6 +1495,10 @@ Notes:
 - Pkzip uses the same encryption as 'cryptmethod' "zip", and US Govt has no
   objection to its export.  Pkzip's public file APPNOTE.TXT describes this
   algorithm in detail.
+- The implementation of 'cryptmethod' "blowfish" has a flaw.  It is possible
+  to crack the first 64 bytes of a file and in some circumstances more of the
+  file. Use of it is not recommended, but it's still the strongest method
+  supported by Vim 7.3 and 7.4.  The "zip" method is even weaker.
 - Vim originates from the Netherlands.  That is where the sources come from.
   Thus the encryption code is not exported from the USA.
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 07
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Funcref to a Dictionary, but the "self" variable is not available then.
 To avoid the extra name for the function it can be defined and directly
 assigned to a Dictionary in this way: >
 	:let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
-	:function mydict.len() dict
+	:function mydict.len()
 	:   return len(self.data)
 	:endfunction
 	:echo mydict.len()
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ Decimal, Hexadecimal (starting with 0x or 0X), or Octal (starting with 0).
 Floating point numbers can be written in two forms:
 
 	[-+]{N}.{M}
-	[-+]{N}.{M}e[-+]{exp}
+	[-+]{N}.{M}[eE][-+]{exp}
 
 {N} and {M} are numbers.  Both {N} and {M} must be present and can only
 contain digits.
@@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ A string constant accepts these special characters:
 \X.	same as \x.
 \u....	character specified with up to 4 hex numbers, stored according to the
 	current value of 'encoding' (e.g., "\u02a4")
-\U....	same as \u....
+\U....	same as \u but allows up to 8 hex numbers.
 \b	backspace <BS>
 \e	escape <Esc>
 \f	formfeed <FF>
@@ -1102,9 +1102,9 @@ are known inside the current Vim session.  Using expand() will first try using
 the environment variables known inside the current Vim session.  If that
 fails, a shell will be used to expand the variable.  This can be slow, but it
 does expand all variables that the shell knows about.  Example: >
-	:echo $version
-	:echo expand("$version")
-The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $version
+	:echo $shell
+	:echo expand("$shell")
+The first one probably doesn't echo anything, the second echoes the $shell
 variable (if your shell supports it).
 
 
@@ -1457,10 +1457,10 @@ v:foldstart	Used for 'foldtext': first line of closed fold.
 		Read-only in the |sandbox|. |fold-foldtext|
 
 					*v:hlsearch* *hlsearch-variable*
-v:hlsearch	Variable that determines whether search highlighting is on. 
-		Makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled which requires 
-		|+extra_search|. Setting this variable to zero acts the like 
-		|:nohlsearch| command, setting it to one acts like >
+v:hlsearch	Variable that indicates whether search highlighting is on. 
+		Setting it makes sense only if 'hlsearch' is enabled which
+		requires |+extra_search|. Setting this variable to zero acts
+		the like |:nohlsearch| command, setting it to one acts like >
 			let &hlsearch = &hlsearch
 <
 					*v:insertmode* *insertmode-variable*
@@ -1716,6 +1716,8 @@ append( {lnum}, {string})	Number	append {string} below line {lnum}
 append( {lnum}, {list})		Number	append lines {list} below line {lnum}
 argc()				Number	number of files in the argument list
 argidx()			Number	current index in the argument list
+arglistid( [{winnr}, [ {tabnr}]])
+				Number	argument list id
 argv( {nr})			String	{nr} entry of the argument list
 argv( )				List	the argument list
 asin( {expr})			Float	arc sine of {expr}
@@ -1749,12 +1751,12 @@ confirm( {msg} [, {choices} [, {default} [, {type}]]])
 copy( {expr})			any	make a shallow copy of {expr}
 cos( {expr})			Float	cosine of {expr}
 cosh( {expr})			Float	hyperbolic cosine of {expr}
-count( {list}, {expr} [, {start} [, {ic}]])
+count( {list}, {expr} [, {ic} [, {start}]])
 				Number	 count how many {expr} are in {list}
 cscope_connection( [{num} , {dbpath} [, {prepend}]])
 				Number	checks existence of cscope connection
-cursor( {lnum}, {col} [, {coladd}])
-				Number	move cursor to {lnum}, {col}, {coladd}
+cursor( {lnum}, {col} [, {off}])
+				Number	move cursor to {lnum}, {col}, {off}
 cursor( {list})			Number	move cursor to position in {list}
 deepcopy( {expr} [, {noref}])	any	make a full copy of {expr}
 delete( {fname})		Number	delete file {fname}
@@ -1805,11 +1807,13 @@ getchar( [expr])		Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod( )			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
 getcmdpos()			Number	return cursor position in command-line
-getcmdtype()			String	return the current command-line type
+getcmdtype()			String	return current command-line type
+getcmdwintype()			String	return current command-line window type
+getcurpos()			List	position of the cursor
 getcwd()			String	the current working directory
+getfontname( [{name}])		String	name of font being used
 getfperm( {fname})		String	file permissions of file {fname}
 getfsize( {fname})		Number	size in bytes of file {fname}
-getfontname( [{name}])		String	name of font being used
 getftime( {fname})		Number	last modification time of file
 getftype( {fname})		String	description of type of file {fname}
 getline( {lnum})		String	line {lnum} of current buffer
@@ -1830,9 +1834,10 @@ getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
-glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
-globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
+glob2regpat( {expr})		String  convert a glob pat into a search pat
+globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])
 				String	do glob({expr}) for all dirs in {path}
 has( {feature})			Number	TRUE if feature {feature} supported
 has_key( {dict}, {key})		Number	TRUE if {dict} has entry {key}
@@ -1884,6 +1889,8 @@ match( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
 				Number	position where {pat} matches in {expr}
 matchadd( {group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 				Number	highlight {pattern} with {group}
+matchaddpos( {group}, {list}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
+				Number	highlight positions with {group}
 matcharg( {nr})			List	arguments of |:match|
 matchdelete( {id})		Number	delete match identified by {id}
 matchend( {expr}, {pat}[, {start}[, {count}]])
@@ -2035,7 +2042,7 @@ winrestcmd()			String	returns command to restore window sizes
 winrestview( {dict})		none	restore view of current window
 winsaveview()			Dict	save view of current window
 winwidth( {nr})			Number	width of window {nr}
-writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
+writefile( {list}, {fname} [, {flags}])
 				Number	write list of lines to file {fname}
 xor( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise XOR
 
@@ -2103,6 +2110,18 @@ argc()		The result is the number of files in the argument list of the
 argidx()	The result is the current index in the argument list.  0 is
 		the first file.  argc() - 1 is the last one.  See |arglist|.
 
+							*arglistid()*
+arglistid([{winnr}, [ {tabnr} ]])
+		Return the argument list ID.  This is a number which
+		identifies the argument list being used.  Zero is used for the
+		global argument list.  See |arglist|.
+		Return -1 if the arguments are invalid.
+
+		Without arguments use the current window.
+		With {winnr} only use this window in the current tab page.
+		With {winnr} and {tabnr} use the window in the specified tab
+		page.
+
 							*argv()*
 argv([{nr}])	The result is the {nr}th file in the argument list of the
 		current window.  See |arglist|.  "argv(0)" is the first one.
@@ -2377,6 +2396,10 @@ col({expr})	The result is a Number, which is the byte index of the column
 			    number of bytes in the cursor line plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Additionally {expr} can be [lnum, col]: a |List| with the line
 		and column number. Most useful when the column is "$", to get
 		the last column of a specific line.  When "lnum" or "col" is
@@ -2587,9 +2610,14 @@ cursor({lnum}, {col} [, {off}])				*cursor()*
 cursor({list})
 		Positions the cursor at the column (byte count) {col} in the
 		line {lnum}.  The first column is one.
+
 		When there is one argument {list} this is used as a |List|
-		with two or three items {lnum}, {col} and {off}.  This is like
-		the return value of |getpos()|, but without the first item.
+		with two, three or four item:
+			[{lnum}, {col}, {off}]
+			[{lnum}, {col}, {off}, {curswant}]
+		This is like the return value of |getpos()| or |getcurpos()|,
+		but without the first item.
+
 		Does not change the jumplist.
 		If {lnum} is greater than the number of lines in the buffer,
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last line in the buffer.
@@ -2598,6 +2626,9 @@ cursor({list})
 		the cursor will be positioned at the last character in the
 		line.
 		If {col} is zero, the cursor will stay in the current column.
+		If {curswant} is given it is used to set the preferred column
+		for vertical movement.  Otherwise {col} is used.
+
 		When 'virtualedit' is used {off} specifies the offset in
 		screen columns from the start of the character.  E.g., a
 		position within a <Tab> or after the last character.
@@ -2888,7 +2919,8 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 <
 		Expand() can also be used to expand variables and environment
 		variables that are only known in a shell.  But this can be
-		slow, because a shell must be started.	See |expr-env-expand|.
+		slow, because a shell may be used to do the expansion.  See
+		|expr-env-expand|.
 		The expanded variable is still handled like a list of file
 		names.	When an environment variable cannot be expanded, it is
 		left unchanged.  Thus ":echo expand('$FOOBAR')" results in
@@ -2929,14 +2961,19 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 		{expr1} is changed when {expr2} is not empty.  If necessary
 		make a copy of {expr1} first.
 		{expr2} remains unchanged.
+		When {expr1} is locked and {expr2} is not empty the operation
+		fails.
 		Returns {expr1}.
 
 
 feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
-		come from a mapping or were typed by the user.	They are added
-		to the end of the typeahead buffer, thus if a mapping is still
-		being executed these characters come after them.
+		come from a mapping or were typed by the user.
+		By default the string is added to the end of the typeahead
+		buffer, thus if a mapping is still being executed the
+		characters come after them.  Use the 'i' flag to insert before
+		other characters, they will be executed next, before any
+		characters from a mapping.
 		The function does not wait for processing of keys contained in
 		{string}.
 		To include special keys into {string}, use double-quotes
@@ -2950,6 +2987,7 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		't'	Handle keys as if typed; otherwise they are handled as
 			if coming from a mapping.  This matters for undo,
 			opening folds, etc.
+		'i'	Insert the string instead of appending (see above).
 		Return value is always 0.
 
 filereadable({file})					*filereadable()*
@@ -3238,6 +3276,10 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 		String when a modifier (shift, control, alt) was used that is
 		not included in the character.
 
+		When [expr] is 0 and Esc is typed, there will be a short delay
+		while Vim waits to see if this is the start of an escape
+		sequence.
+
 		When [expr] is 1 only the first byte is returned.  For a
 		one-byte character it is the character itself as a number.
 		Use nr2char() to convert it to a String.
@@ -3274,6 +3316,17 @@ getchar([expr])						*getchar()*
 			:    endif
 			:  endwhile
 			:endfunction
+<
+		You may also receive synthetic characters, such as
+		|<CursorHold>|. Often you will want to ignore this and get
+		another character: >
+			:function GetKey()
+			:  let c = getchar()
+			:  while c == "\<CursorHold>"
+			:    let c = getchar()
+			:  endwhile
+			:  return c
+			:endfunction
 
 getcharmod()						*getcharmod()*
 		The result is a Number which is the state of the modifiers for
@@ -3316,11 +3369,28 @@ getcmdtype()						*getcmdtype()*
 		    ?	backward search command
 		    @	|input()| command
 		    -	|:insert| or |:append| command
+		    =	|i_CTRL-R_=|
 		Only works when editing the command line, thus requires use of
 		|c_CTRL-\_e| or |c_CTRL-R_=| or an expression mapping.
 		Returns an empty string otherwise.
 		Also see |getcmdpos()|, |setcmdpos()| and |getcmdline()|.
 
+getcmdwintype()						*getcmdwintype()*
+		Return the current |command-line-window| type. Possible return
+		values are the same as |getcmdtype()|. Returns an empty string
+		when not in the command-line window.
+
+							*getcurpos()*
+getcurpos()	Get the position of the cursor.  This is like getpos('.'), but
+		includes an extra item in the list:
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]
+		The "curswant" number is the preferred column when moving the
+		cursor vertically.
+		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
+			let save_cursor = getcurpos()
+			MoveTheCursorAround
+			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+<
 							*getcwd()*
 getcwd()	The result is a String, which is the name of the current
 		working directory.
@@ -3442,6 +3512,34 @@ getmatches()						*getmatches()*
 			'pattern': 'FIXME', 'priority': 10, 'id': 2}] >
 			:unlet m
 <
+							*getpid()*
+getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
+		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
+		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
+
+							*getpos()*
+getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
+		see |line()|.  For getting the cursor position see
+		|getcurpos()|.
+		The result is a |List| with four numbers:
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+		"bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
+		is the buffer number of the mark.
+		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
+		column is 1.
+		The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
+		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
+		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
+		character.
+		Note that for '< and '> Visual mode matters: when it is "V"
+		(visual line mode) the column of '< is zero and the column of
+		'> is a large number.
+		This can be used to save and restore the position of a mark: >
+			let save_a_mark = getpos("'a")
+			...
+			call setpos("'a", save_a_mark)
+<		Also see |getcurpos()| and |setpos()|.
+
 
 getqflist()						*getqflist()*
 		Returns a list with all the current quickfix errors.  Each
@@ -3501,6 +3599,8 @@ gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*gettabvar()*
 		Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
 		{tabnr}. |t:var|
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
+		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all tab-local
+		variables is returned.
 		Note that the name without "t:" must be used.
 		When the tab or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
 		string is returned, there is no error message.
@@ -3541,7 +3641,7 @@ getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . getwinvar(1, 'myvar')
 <
-glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
+glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {alllinks}]]])		*glob()*
 		Expand the file wildcards in {expr}.  See |wildcards| for the
 		use of special characters.
 
@@ -3558,8 +3658,11 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		matches, they are separated by <NL> characters.
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty String or List.
+
 		A name for a non-existing file is not included.  A symbolic
 		link is only included if it points to an existing file.
+		However, when the {alllinks} argument is present and it is
+		non-zero then all symbolic links are included.
 
 		For most systems backticks can be used to get files names from
 		any external command.  Example: >
@@ -3571,7 +3674,16 @@ glob({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*glob()*
 		See |expand()| for expanding special Vim variables.  See
 		|system()| for getting the raw output of an external command.
 
-globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
+glob2regpat({expr})					 *glob2regpat()*
+		Convert a file pattern, as used by glob(), into a search
+		pattern.  The result can be used to match with a string that
+		is a file name.  E.g. >
+			if filename =~ glob2regpat('Make*.mak')
+<		This is equivalent to: >
+			if filename =~ '^Make.*\.mak$'
+<
+								*globpath()*
+globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list} [, {allinks}]]])
 		Perform glob() on all directories in {path} and concatenate
 		the results.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim")
@@ -3597,6 +3709,8 @@ globpath({path}, {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])			*globpath()*
 		they are separated by <NL> characters.  Example: >
 			:echo globpath(&rtp, "syntax/c.vim", 0, 1)
 <
+		{allinks} is used as with |glob()|.
+
 		The "**" item can be used to search in a directory tree.
 		For example, to find all "README.txt" files in the directories
 		in 'runtimepath' and below: >
@@ -4315,6 +4429,41 @@ matchadd({group}, {pattern}[, {priority}[, {id}]])
 		available from |getmatches()|.	All matches can be deleted in
 		one operation by |clearmatches()|.
 
+matchaddpos({group}, {pos}[, {priority}[, {id}]])		*matchaddpos()*
+		Same as |matchadd()|, but requires a list of positions {pos}
+		instead of a pattern. This command is faster than |matchadd()|
+		because it does not require to handle regular expressions and
+		sets buffer line boundaries to redraw screen. It is supposed
+		to be used when fast match additions and deletions are
+		required, for example to highlight matching parentheses.
+
+		The list {pos} can contain one of these items:
+		- A number.  This whole line will be highlighted.  The first
+		  line has number 1.
+		- A list with one number, e.g., [23]. The whole line with this
+		  number will be highlighted.
+		- A list with two numbers, e.g., [23, 11]. The first number is
+		  the line number, the second one is the column number (first
+		  column is 1, the value must correspond to the byte index as
+		  |col()| would return).  The character at this position will
+		  be highlighted.
+		- A list with three numbers, e.g., [23, 11, 3]. As above, but
+		  the third number gives the length of the highlight in bytes.
+		
+		The maximum number of positions is 8.
+
+		Example: >
+			:highlight MyGroup ctermbg=green guibg=green
+			:let m = matchaddpos("MyGroup", [[23, 24], 34])
+<		Deletion of the pattern: >
+			:call matchdelete(m)
+
+<		Matches added by |matchaddpos()| are returned by
+		|getmatches()| with an entry "pos1", "pos2", etc., with the
+		value a list like the {pos} item.
+		These matches cannot be set via |setmatches()|, however they
+		can still be deleted by |clearmatches()|.
+
 matcharg({nr})							*matcharg()*
 		Selects the {nr} match item, as set with a |:match|,
 		|:2match| or |:3match| command.
@@ -4473,33 +4622,6 @@ nr2char({expr}[, {utf8}])				*nr2char()*
 		characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
 		string, thus results in an empty string.
 
-							*getpid()*
-getpid()	Return a Number which is the process ID of the Vim process.
-		On Unix and MS-Windows this is a unique number, until Vim
-		exits.	On MS-DOS it's always zero.
-
-							*getpos()*
-getpos({expr})	Get the position for {expr}.  For possible values of {expr}
-		see |line()|.
-		The result is a |List| with four numbers:
-		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
-		"bufnum" is zero, unless a mark like '0 or 'A is used, then it
-		is the buffer number of the mark.
-		"lnum" and "col" are the position in the buffer.  The first
-		column is 1.
-		The "off" number is zero, unless 'virtualedit' is used.  Then
-		it is the offset in screen columns from the start of the
-		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
-		character.
-		Note that for '< and '> Visual mode matters: when it is "V"
-		(visual line mode) the column of '< is zero and the column of
-		'> is a large number.
-		This can be used to save and restore the cursor position: >
-			let save_cursor = getpos(".")
-			MoveTheCursorAround
-			call setpos('.', save_cursor)
-<		Also see |setpos()|.
-
 or({expr}, {expr})					*or()*
 		Bitwise OR on the two arguments.  The arguments are converted
 		to a number.  A List, Dict or Float argument causes an error.
@@ -4661,6 +4783,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
 			specified are used.
+							*printf-S*
 		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
 			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
@@ -4722,7 +4845,7 @@ py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
 		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
 		converted to Vim data structures.
 		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
-		copied though, unicode strings are additionally converted to 
+		copied though, Unicode strings are additionally converted to 
 		'encoding').
 		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
 		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with 
@@ -4766,7 +4889,7 @@ readfile({fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
 		separated with CR will result in a single long line (unless a
 		NL appears somewhere).
 		All NUL characters are replaced with a NL character.
-		When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used:
+		When {binary/append} contains "b" binary mode is used:
 		- When the last line ends in a NL an extra empty list item is
 		  added.
 		- No CR characters are removed.
@@ -5298,8 +5421,9 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 			.	the cursor
 			'x	mark x
 
-		{list} must be a |List| with four numbers:
+		{list} must be a |List| with four or five numbers:
 		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off]
+		    [bufnum, lnum, col, off, curswant]
 
 		"bufnum" is the buffer number.	Zero can be used for the
 		current buffer.  Setting the cursor is only possible for
@@ -5317,6 +5441,12 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		character.  E.g., a position within a <Tab> or after the last
 		character.
 
+		The "curswant" number is only used when setting the cursor
+		position.  It sets the preferred column for when moving the
+		cursor vertically.  When the "curswant" number is missing the
+		preferred column is not set.  When it is present and setting a
+		mark position it is not used.
+
 		Note that for '< and '> changing the line number may result in
 		the marks to be effectively be swapped, so that '< is always
 		before '>.
@@ -5324,10 +5454,13 @@ setpos({expr}, {list})
 		Returns 0 when the position could be set, -1 otherwise.
 		An error message is given if {expr} is invalid.
 
-		Also see |getpos()|
+		Also see |getpos()| and |getcurpos()|.
 
 		This does not restore the preferred column for moving
-		vertically.  See |winrestview()| for that.
+		vertically; if you set the cursor position with this, |j| and
+		|k| motions will jump to previous columns!  Use |cursor()| to
+		also set the preferred column.  Also see the "curswant" key in
+		|winrestview()|.
 
 
 setqflist({list} [, {action}])				*setqflist()*
@@ -5399,7 +5532,7 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
 
 							*E883*
-		Note: you may not use |List| containing more then one item to 
+		Note: you may not use |List| containing more than one item to 
 		      set search and expression registers. Lists containing no 
 		      items act like empty strings.
 
@@ -5451,7 +5584,7 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
 sha256({string})						*sha256()*
-		Returns a String with 64 hex charactes, which is the SHA256
+		Returns a String with 64 hex characters, which is the SHA256
 		checksum of {string}.
 		{only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}
 
@@ -5543,11 +5676,20 @@ sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		
 		If you want a list to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
 			:let sortedlist = sort(copy(mylist))
-<		Uses the string representation of each item to sort on.
-		Numbers sort after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.
-		For sorting text in the current buffer use |:sort|.
 
-		When {func} is given and it is one then case is ignored.
+<		When {func} is omitted, is empty or zero, then sort() uses the
+		string representation of each item to sort on.  Numbers sort
+		after Strings, |Lists| after Numbers.  For sorting text in the
+		current buffer use |:sort|.
+
+		When {func} is given and it is '1' or 'i' then case is
+		ignored.
+		
+		When {func} is given and it is 'n' then all items will be
+		sorted numerical (Implementation detail: This uses the
+		strtod() function to parse numbers, Strings, Lists, Dicts and
+		Funcrefs will be considered as being 0).
+
 		When {func} is a |Funcref| or a function name, this function
 		is called to compare items.  The function is invoked with two
 		items as argument and must return zero if they are equal, 1 or
@@ -5557,6 +5699,11 @@ sort({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])			*sort()* *E702*
 		{dict} is for functions with the "dict" attribute.  It will be
 		used to set the local variable "self". |Dictionary-function|
 
+		The sort is stable, items which compare equal (as number or as
+		string) will keep their relative position. E.g., when sorting
+		on numbers, text strings will sort next to each other, in the
+		same order as they were originally.
+
 		Also see |uniq()|.
 
 		Example: >
@@ -5987,6 +6134,12 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		list items converted to NULs).  
 		Pipes are not used.
 
+		When prepended by |:silent| the shell will not be set to
+		cooked mode.  This is meant to be used for commands that do
+		not need the user to type.  It avoids stray characters showing
+		up on the screen which require |CTRL-L| to remove. >
+			:silent let f = system('ls *.vim')
+<
 		Note: Use |shellescape()| or |::S| with |expand()| or 
 		|fnamemodify()| to escape special characters in a command 
 		argument.  Newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail.  
@@ -6291,6 +6444,10 @@ virtcol({expr})						*virtcol()*
 			    plus one)
 		    'x	    position of mark x (if the mark is not set, 0 is
 			    returned)
+		    v       In Visual mode: the start of the Visual area (the
+			    cursor is the end).  When not in Visual mode
+			    returns the cursor position.  Differs from |'<| in
+			    that it's updated right away.
 		Note that only marks in the current file can be used.
 		Examples: >
   virtcol(".")	   with text "foo^Lbar", with cursor on the "^L", returns 5
@@ -6392,6 +6549,16 @@ winrestcmd()	Returns a sequence of |:resize| commands that should restore
 winrestview({dict})
 		Uses the |Dictionary| returned by |winsaveview()| to restore
 		the view of the current window.
+		Note: The {dict} does not have to contain all values, that are
+		returned by |winsaveview()|. If values are missing, those
+		settings won't be restored. So you can use: >
+		    :call winrestview({'curswant': 4})
+<
+		This will only set the curswant value (the column the cursor
+		wants to move on vertical movements) of the cursor to column 5
+		(yes, that is 5), while all other settings will remain the
+		same. This is useful, if you set the cursor position manually.
+
 		If you have changed the values the result is unpredictable.
 		If the window size changed the result won't be the same.
 
@@ -6403,10 +6570,12 @@ winsaveview()	Returns a |Dictionary| that contains information to restore
 		buffer and you want to go back to the original view.
 		This does not save fold information.  Use the 'foldenable'
 		option to temporarily switch off folding, so that folds are
-		not opened when moving around.
+		not opened when moving around. This may have side effects.
 		The return value includes:
 			lnum		cursor line number
-			col		cursor column
+			col		cursor column (Note: the first column
+					zero, as opposed to what getpos()
+					returns)
 			coladd		cursor column offset for 'virtualedit'
 			curswant	column for vertical movement
 			topline		first line in the window
@@ -6428,14 +6597,20 @@ winwidth({nr})						*winwidth()*
   :endif
 <
 							*writefile()*
-writefile({list}, {fname} [, {binary}])
+writefile({list}, {fname} [, {flags}])
 		Write |List| {list} to file {fname}.  Each list item is
 		separated with a NL.  Each list item must be a String or
 		Number.
-		When {binary} is equal to "b" binary mode is used: There will
+		When {flags} contains "b" then binary mode is used: There will
 		not be a NL after the last list item.  An empty item at the
 		end does cause the last line in the file to end in a NL.
-		All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
+
+		When {flags} contains "a" then append mode is used, lines are
+		append to the file: >
+			:call writefile(["foo"], "event.log", "a")
+			:call writefile(["bar"], "event.log", "a")
+>
+<		All NL characters are replaced with a NUL character.
 		Inserting CR characters needs to be done before passing {list}
 		to writefile().
 		An existing file is overwritten, if possible.
@@ -6457,7 +6632,7 @@ xor({expr}, {expr})					*xor()*
 
 
 							*feature-list*
-There are three types of features:
+There are four types of features:
 1.  Features that are only supported when they have been enabled when Vim
     was compiled |+feature-list|.  Example: >
 	:if has("cindent")
@@ -6511,6 +6686,7 @@ dialog_con		Compiled with console dialog support.
 dialog_gui		Compiled with GUI dialog support.
 diff			Compiled with |vimdiff| and 'diff' support.
 digraphs		Compiled with support for digraphs.
+directx			Compiled with support for Direct-X and 'renderoptions'.
 dnd			Compiled with support for the "~ register |quote_~|.
 dos16			16 bits DOS version of Vim.
 dos32			32 bits DOS (DJGPP) version of Vim.
@@ -6553,8 +6729,8 @@ jumplist		Compiled with |jumplist| support.
 keymap			Compiled with 'keymap' support.
 langmap			Compiled with 'langmap' support.
 libcall			Compiled with |libcall()| support.
-linebreak		Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat' and 'showbreak'
-			support.
+linebreak		Compiled with 'linebreak', 'breakat', 'showbreak' and
+			'breakindent' support.
 lispindent		Compiled with support for lisp indenting.
 listcmds		Compiled with commands for the buffer list |:files|
 			and the argument list |arglist|.
@@ -7217,7 +7393,7 @@ This does NOT work: >
 				:unlet v
 <							*E741*
 			If you try to change a locked variable you get an
-			error message: "E741: Value of {name} is locked"
+			error message: "E741: Value is locked: {name}"
 
 			[depth] is relevant when locking a |List| or
 			|Dictionary|.  It specifies how deep the locking goes:
@@ -8121,7 +8297,7 @@ You can catch all Vim errors by the pattern >
 							*catch-text*
 NOTE: You should never catch the error message text itself: >
 	:catch /No such variable/
-only works in the english locale, but not when the user has selected
+only works in the English locale, but not when the user has selected
 a different language by the |:language| command.  It is however helpful to
 cite the message text in a comment: >
 	:catch /^Vim(\a\+):E108:/   " No such variable

runtime/doc/farsi.txt

@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ o  Keyboard
 Note:
 	<09>  stands for Farsi PSP (break without space)
 
-	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute )
+	<09>  stands for Farsi PCN (for HAMZE attribute)
 
 Restrictions
 ------------

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ zX		Undo manually opened and closed folds: re-apply 'foldlevel'.
 		Also forces recomputing folds, like |zx|.
 
 							*zm*
-zm		Fold more: Subtract one from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
+zm		Fold more: Subtract |v:count1| from 'foldlevel'.  If 'foldlevel' was
 		already zero nothing happens.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ zM		Close all folds: set 'foldlevel' to 0.
 		'foldenable' will be set.
 
 							*zr*
-zr		Reduce folding: Add one to 'foldlevel'.
+zr		Reduce folding: Add |v:count1| to 'foldlevel'.
 
 							*zR*
 zR		Open all folds.  This sets 'foldlevel' to highest fold level.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -452,9 +452,10 @@ detailed elsewhere: see |'mouse'|, |win32-hidden-menus|.
 You can drag and drop one or more files into the Vim window, where they will
 be opened as normal.  See |drag-n-drop|.
 
-							*:simalt* *:si*
+							*:simalt* *:sim*
 :sim[alt] {key}		simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed.
 			{not in Vi} {only for Win32 versions}
+			Note: ":si" means ":s" with the "i" flag.
 
 Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the
 number of possible mappings.  This clashes with the standard use of Alt as the

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 15
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		      Command-line editing	  c_	   :help c_<Del>
 		      Vim command argument	  -	   :help -r
 		      Option			  '	   :help 'textwidth'
+		      Regular expression	  /	   :help /[
   Search for help:  Type ":help word", then hit CTRL-D to see matching
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Nov 28
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			find a tag in a file with the same language as the
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
+						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
+:helpc[lose]            Close one help window, if there is one.
+
 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]
 			Search all help text files and make a list of lines

runtime/doc/if_ole.txt

@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ files in it.
 --remote-silent "+call cursor(10, 27)"
 	      - Places the cursor on line 10 column 27
 In Vim >
-   :h --remote-silent for mor details
+   :h --remote-silent for more details
 
 [.Net remarks provided by Dave Fishburn and Brian Sturk]
 

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 10
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*
 
-					*:python* *:py* *E205* *E263* *E264*
+					*:python* *:py* *E263* *E264* *E887*
 :[range]py[thon] {stmt}
 			Execute Python statement {stmt}.  A simple check if
 			the `:python` command is working: >

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -120,9 +120,13 @@ VIM::command({cmd})
 							*ruby-evaluate*
 VIM::evaluate({expr})
 	Evaluates {expr} using the vim internal expression evaluator (see
-	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as a string.
-	A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items and inserting
-	line breaks.
+	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as:
+	- a Integer if the Vim expression evaluates to a number
+	- a Float if the Vim expression evaluates to a float
+	- a String if the Vim expression evaluates to a string
+	- a Array if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim list
+	- a Hash if the Vim expression evaluates to a Vim dictionary
+	Dictionaries and lists are recursively expanded.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. VIM::Buffer objects					*ruby-buffer*

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Apr 23
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -702,12 +702,16 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |g'|		g'{mark}	1  like |'| but without changing the jumplist
 |g`|		g`{mark}	1  like |`| but without changing the jumplist
 |gstar|		g*		1  like "*", but without using "\<" and "\>"
+|g+|		g+		   go to newer text state N times
+|g,|		g,		1  go to N newer position in change list
+|g-|		g-		   go to older text state N times
 |g0|		g0		1  when 'wrap' off go to leftmost character of
 				   the current line that is on the screen;
 				   when 'wrap' on go to the leftmost character
 				   of the current screen line
 |g8|		g8		   print hex value of bytes used in UTF-8
 				   character under the cursor
+|g;|		g;		1  go to N older position in change list
 |g<|		g<		   display previous command output
 |g?|		g?		2  Rot13 encoding operator
 |g?g?|		g??		2  Rot13 encode current line
@@ -736,6 +740,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   the screen; when 'wrap' on go to the
 				   leftmost non-white character of the current
 				   screen line
+|g_|		g_		1  cursor to the last CHAR N - 1 lines lower
 |ga|		ga		   print ascii value of character under the
 				   cursor
 |gd|		gd		1  go to definition of word under the cursor
@@ -1244,6 +1249,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:gvim|		:gv[im]		start the GUI
 |:hardcopy|	:ha[rdcopy]	send text to the printer
 |:help|		:h[elp]		open a help window
+|:helpclose|	:helpc[lose]	close one help window
 |:helpfind|	:helpf[ind]	dialog to open a help window
 |:helpgrep|	:helpg[rep]	like ":grep" but searches help files
 |:helptags|	:helpt[ags]	generate help tags for a directory
@@ -1464,7 +1470,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 				buffer list
 |:sbrewind|	:sbr[ewind]	split window and go to first file in the
 				buffer list
-|:scriptnames|	:scrip[tnames]	list names of all sourced Vim scripts
+|:scriptnames|	:scr[iptnames]	list names of all sourced Vim scripts
 |:scriptencoding| :scripte[ncoding]	encoding used in sourced Vim script
 |:scscope|	:scs[cope]	split window and execute cscope command
 |:set|		:se[t]		show or set options

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 12
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 May 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -51,6 +51,8 @@ char		action	~
 		abbreviation.
 		Note: If your <Esc> key is hard to hit on your keyboard, train
 		yourself to use CTRL-[.
+		If Esc doesn't work and you are using a Mac, try CTRL-Esc.
+		Or disable Listening under Accessibility preferences.
 						*i_CTRL-C*
 CTRL-C		Quit insert mode, go back to Normal mode.  Do not check for
 		abbreviations.  Does not trigger the |InsertLeave| autocommand
@@ -79,9 +81,11 @@ CTRL-W		Delete the word before the cursor (see |i_backspacing| about
 		joining lines).  See the section "word motions",
 		|word-motions|, for the definition of a word.
 						*i_CTRL-U*
-CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters in the current line (see
-		|i_backspacing| about joining lines).
-
+CTRL-U		Delete all entered characters before the cursor in the current
+		line.  If there are no newly entereed characters and
+		'backspace'is not empty, delete all characters before the
+		cursor in the current line.
+		See |i_backspacing| about joining lines.
 						*i_CTRL-I* *i_<Tab>* *i_Tab*
 <Tab> or CTRL-I Insert a tab.  If the 'expandtab' option is on, the
 		equivalent number of spaces is inserted (use CTRL-V <Tab> to
@@ -1302,7 +1306,7 @@ HTML							*ft-html-omni*
 XHTML							*ft-xhtml-omni*
 
 CTRL-X CTRL-O provides completion of various elements of (X)HTML files.  It is
-designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also works for
+designed to support writing of XHTML 1.0 Strict files but will also work for
 other versions of HTML. Features:
 
 - after "<" complete tag name depending on context (no div suggestion inside

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 17
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -135,10 +135,11 @@ http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
 Bug reports:				*bugs* *bug-reports* *bugreport.vim*
 
-Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim_dev@vim.org>
-This is a maillist, many people will see the message.  If you don't want that,
-e.g. because it is a security issue, send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes
-to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+Send bug reports to: Vim Developers <vim-dev@vim.org>
+This is a maillist, you need to become a member first and many people will see
+the message.  If you don't want that, e.g. because it is a security issue,
+send it to <bugs@vim.org>, this only goes to the Vim maintainer (that's Bram).
+
 Please be brief; all the time that is spent on answering mail is subtracted
 from the time that is spent on improving Vim!  Always give a reproducible
 example and try to find out which settings or other things influence the

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 10
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,17 +60,17 @@ modes.
 			{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings.  This
 			allows for nested and recursive use of mappings.
 
-
-:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|		*:no*  *:noremap*
-:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
-:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
-:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
-:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		*:snor* *:snoremap*
-:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:ono* *:onoremap*
-:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:no!* *:noremap!*
-:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:ino* *:inoremap*
-:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
-:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+						*:nore* *:norem*
+:no[remap]  {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-nvo|	*:no*  *:noremap* *:nor*
+:nn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|	*:nn*  *:nnoremap*
+:vn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|	*:vn*  *:vnoremap*
+:xn[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|	*:xn*  *:xnoremap*
+:snor[emap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|	*:snor* *:snoremap*
+:ono[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|	*:ono* *:onoremap*
+:no[remap]! {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|	*:no!* *:noremap!*
+:ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inoremap*
+:ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|	*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
+:cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
@@ -828,12 +828,10 @@ Here is an example that counts the number of spaces with <F4>: >
 	  let &selection = "inclusive"
 	  let reg_save = @@
 
-	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use '< and '> marks.
-	    silent exe "normal! `<" . a:type . "`>y"
+	  if a:0  " Invoked from Visual mode, use gv command.
+	    silent exe "normal! gvy"
 	  elseif a:type == 'line'
 	    silent exe "normal! '[V']y"
-	  elseif a:type == 'block'
-	    silent exe "normal! `[\<C-V>`]y"
 	  else
 	    silent exe "normal! `[v`]y"
 	  endif
@@ -925,9 +923,11 @@ Examples: ({CURSOR} is where you type a non-keyword character) >
 <		"test;;"	  is not expanded
 		"test ;;"	  is expanded to "test <endofline>"
 
-To avoid the abbreviation in insert mode: Type part of the abbreviation, exit
-insert mode with <Esc>, re-enter insert mode with "a" and type the rest.  Or
-type CTRL-V before the character after the abbreviation.
+To avoid the abbreviation in Insert mode: Type CTRL-V before the character
+that would trigger the abbreviation.  E.g. CTRL-V <Space>.  Or type part of
+the abbreviation, exit insert mode with <Esc>, re-enter insert mode with "a"
+and type the rest.
+
 To avoid the abbreviation in Command-line mode: Type CTRL-V twice somewhere in
 the abbreviation to avoid it to be replaced.  A CTRL-V in front of a normal
 character is mostly ignored otherwise.
@@ -1285,6 +1285,8 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=custom,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 	-complete=customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 
+Note: That some completion methods might expand environment variables.
+
 
 Custom completion			*:command-completion-custom*
 					*:command-completion-customlist*
@@ -1356,6 +1358,19 @@ Possible attributes are:
 Note that -range=N and -count=N are mutually exclusive - only one should be
 specified.
 
+					*E889* *:command-addr*
+It is possible that the special characters in the range like ., $ or % which
+by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
+relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
+
+Possible values are:
+	-addr=lines		Range of lines (this is the default)
+	-addr=arguments		Range for arguments
+	-addr=buffers		Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers)
+	-addr=loaded_buffers	Range for loaded buffers
+	-addr=windows		Range for windows
+	-addr=tabs		Range for tab pages
+
 Special cases				*:command-bang* *:command-bar*
 					*:command-register* *:command-buffer*
 There are some special cases as well:

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 11
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -172,6 +172,8 @@ CTRL-H		or					*CTRL-H* *<BS>*
 l		or					*l*
 <Right>		or					*<Right>* *<Space>*
 <Space>			[count] characters to the right.  |exclusive| motion.
+			See the 'whichwrap' option for adjusting the behavior
+			at end of line
 
 							*0*
 0			To the first character of the line.  |exclusive|

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jan 26
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -306,7 +306,12 @@ bufID		Buffer number.  A message may be either for a specific buffer
 		or generic.  Generic messages use a bufID of zero.  NOTE: this
 		buffer ID is assigned by the IDE, it is not Vim's buffer
 		number.  The bufID must be a sequentially rising number,
-		starting at one.
+		starting at one.  When the 'switchbuf' option is set to
+		"usetab" and the "bufID" buffer is not found in the current
+		tab page, the netbeans commands and functions that set this
+		buffer as the current buffer will jump to the first open
+		window that contains this buffer in other tab pages instead of
+		replacing the buffer in the current window.
 
 seqno		The IDE uses a sequence number for Commands and Functions.  A
 		Reply must use the sequence number of the Function that it is
@@ -470,7 +475,7 @@ raise		Bring the editor to the foreground.
 		New in version 2.1.
 
 removeAnno serNum
-		Remove a previously place annotation for this buffer.
+		Remove a previously placed annotation for this buffer.
 		"serNum" is the same number used in addAnno.
 
 save		Save the buffer when it was modified.  The other side of the

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 May 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,9 +59,7 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}:{value}
 			Set string or number option to {value}.
 			For numeric options the value can be given in decimal,
-			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0')
-			(hex and octal are only available for machines which
-			have the strtol() function).
+ 			hex (preceded with 0x) or octal (preceded with '0').
 			The old value can be inserted by typing 'wildchar' (by
 			default this is a <Tab> or CTRL-E if 'compatible' is
 			set).  See |cmdline-completion|.
@@ -538,11 +536,11 @@ number can be specified where "vim:" or "Vim:" is used:
 	vim<{vers}:	version before {vers}
 	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
 	vim>{vers}:	version after {vers}
-{vers} is 600 for Vim 6.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
-For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 6.0 and later:
-	/* vim600: set foldmethod=marker: */ ~
-To use a modeline for Vim before version 5.7:
-	/* vim<570: set sw=4: */ ~
+{vers} is 700 for Vim 7.0 (hundred times the major version plus minor).
+For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 7.0:
+	/* vim700: set foldmethod=marker */ ~
+To use a modeline for Vim after version 7.2:
+	/* vim>702: set cole=2: */ ~
 There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
 
 
@@ -730,8 +728,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	open a file, switch buffers, delete a buffer or open/close a window.
 	It will change to the directory containing the file which was opened
 	or selected.
-	This option is provided for backward compatibility with the Vim
-	released with Sun ONE Studio 4 Enterprise Edition.
 	Note: When this option is on some plugins may not work.
 
 				*'arabic'* *'arab'* *'noarabic'* *'noarab'*
@@ -921,7 +917,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'backupcopy'* *'bkc'*
 'backupcopy' 'bkc'	string	(Vi default for Unix: "yes", otherwise: "auto")
-			global
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	When writing a file and a backup is made, this option tells how it's
 	done.  This is a comma separated list of words.
@@ -1200,6 +1196,38 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
 	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.
 
+						*'breakindent'* *'bri'*
+'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Every wrapped line will continue visually indented (same amount of
+	space as the beginning of that line), thus preserving horizontal blocks
+	of text.
+
+						*'breakindentopt'* *'briopt'*
+'breakindentopt' 'briopt' string (default empty)
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
+			feature}
+	Settings for 'breakindent'. It can consist of the following optional
+	items and must be separated by a comma:
+		min:{n}	    Minimum text width that will be kept after
+			    applying 'breakindent', even if the resulting
+			    text should normally be narrower. This prevents
+			    text indented almost to the right window border
+			    occupying lot of vertical space when broken.
+		shift:{n}   After applying 'breakindent', the wrapped line's
+			    beginning will be shifted by the given number of
+			    characters.  It permits dynamic French paragraph
+			    indentation (negative) or emphasizing the line
+			    continuation (positive).
+		sbr	    Display the 'showbreak' value before applying the 
+			    additional indent.
+	The default value for min is 20 and shift is 0.
+
 						*'browsedir'* *'bsdir'*
 'browsedir' 'bsdir'	string	(default: "last")
 			global
@@ -1288,6 +1316,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	nofile only:	The buffer name is fixed, it is not handled like a
 			file name.  It is not modified in response to a |:cd|
 			command.
+	both:		When using ":e bufname" and already editing "bufname"
+			the buffer is made empty and autocommands are
+			triggered as usual for |:edit|.
 							*E676*
 	"acwrite" implies that the buffer name is not related to a file, like
 	"nofile", but it will be written.  Thus, in contrast to "nofile" and
@@ -2189,7 +2220,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 
 						*'cryptmethod'* *'cm'*
-'cryptmethod'		string	(default "zip")
+'cryptmethod' 'cm'	string	(default "zip")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Method used for encryption when the buffer is written to a file:
@@ -2197,10 +2228,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   zip		PkZip compatible method.  A weak kind of encryption.
 			Backwards compatible with Vim 7.2 and older.
 							*blowfish*
-	   blowfish	Blowfish method.  Strong encryption.  Requires Vim 7.3
-			or later, files can NOT be read by Vim 7.2 and older.
-			This adds a "seed" to the file, every time you write
-			the file the encrypted bytes will be different.
+	   blowfish	Blowfish method.  Medium strong encryption but it has
+			an implementation flaw.  Requires Vim 7.3 or later,
+			files can NOT be read by Vim 7.2 and older.  This adds
+			a "seed" to the file, every time you write the file
+			the encrypted bytes will be different.
+							*blowfish2*
+	   blowfish2	Blowfish method.  Medium strong encryption.  Requires
+			Vim 7.4.399 or later, files can NOT be read by Vim 7.3
+			and older.  This adds a "seed" to the file, every time
+			you write the file the encrypted bytes will be
+			different.  The whole undo file is encrypted, not just
+			the pieces of text.
 
 	When reading an encrypted file 'cryptmethod' will be set automatically
 	to the detected method of the file being read.  Thus if you write it
@@ -2912,8 +2951,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  2. If a <NL> is found and 'fileformats' includes "unix", 'fileformat'
 	     is set to "unix".  Note that when a <NL> is found without a
 	     preceding <CR>, "unix" is preferred over "dos".
-	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if 'fileformats'
-	     includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
+	  3. If 'fileformat' has not yet been set, and if a <CR> is found, and
+	     if 'fileformats' includes "mac", 'fileformat' is set to "mac".
 	     This means that "mac" is only chosen when:
 	      "unix" is not present or no <NL> is found in the file, and
 	      "dos" is not present or no <CR><NL> is found in the file.
@@ -3329,7 +3368,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'grepformat'* *'gfm'*
-'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
+'grepformat' 'gfm'	string	(default "%f:%l:%m,%f:%l%m,%f  %l%m")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	Format to recognize for the ":grep" command output.
@@ -3381,7 +3420,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the height of the cursor can be changed.  This can be done by
 	specifying a block cursor, or a percentage for a vertical or
 	horizontal cursor.
-	For a console the 't_SI' and 't_EI' escape sequences are used.
+	For a console the 't_SI', 't_SR', and 't_EI' escape sequences are
+	used.
 
 	The option is a comma separated list of parts.  Each part consist of a
 	mode-list and an argument-list:
@@ -3920,12 +3960,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'history'* *'hi'*
-'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 20, Vi default: 0)
+'history' 'hi'		number	(Vim default: 50, Vi default: 0)
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	A history of ":" commands, and a history of previous search patterns
-	are remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
+	is remembered.  This option decides how many entries may be stored in
 	each of these histories (see |cmdline-editing|).
+	The maximum value is 10000.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -3968,6 +4009,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When Vim was compiled with HAVE_X11 defined, the original icon will be
 	restored if possible |X11|.  See |X11-icon| for changing the icon on
 	X11.
+	For MS-Windows the icon can be changed, see |windows-icon|.
 
 						*'iconstring'*
 'iconstring'		string	(default "")
@@ -4492,6 +4534,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
 	This is the opposite of the 'keymap' option, where characters are
 	mapped in Insert mode.
+	Also consider setting 'langnoremap' to avoid 'langmap' applies to
+	characters resulting from a mapping.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -4547,6 +4591,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim
 <	Warning: This deletes all menus that you defined yourself!
 
+					*'langnoremap'* *'lnr'*
+'langnoremap' 'lnr'	boolean (default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+langmap|
+			feature}
+	When on, setting 'langmap' does not apply to characters resulting from
+	a mapping.  This basically means, if you noticed that setting
+	'langmap' disables some of your mappings, try setting this option.
+	This option defaults to off for backwards compatibility.  Set it on if
+	that works for you to avoid mappings to break.
+
 					*'laststatus'* *'ls'*
 'laststatus' 'ls'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -4574,12 +4630,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
-	If on Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
+	If on, Vim will wrap long lines at a character in 'breakat' rather
 	than at the last character that fits on the screen.  Unlike
 	'wrapmargin' and 'textwidth', this does not insert <EOL>s in the file,
-	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.  The
-	value of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines.
-	This option is not used when the 'wrap' option is off or 'list' is on.
+	it only affects the way the file is displayed, not its contents.
+	If 'breakindent' is set, line is visually indented. Then, the value
+	of 'showbreak' is used to put in front of wrapped lines. This option
+	is not used when the 'wrap' option is off.
 	Note that <Tab> characters after an <EOL> are mostly not displayed
 	with the right amount of white space.
 
@@ -4660,33 +4717,38 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
-	  						*lcs-eol*
+							*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
 			line.
-	  						*lcs-tab*
+							*lcs-tab*
 	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a tab.  The first
 			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
 			fill the space that the tab normally occupies.
 			"tab:>-" will show a tab that takes four spaces as
 			">---".  When omitted, a tab is show as ^I.
-	  						*lcs-trail*
+							*lcs-space*
+	  space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
+			are left blank.
+							*lcs-trail*
 	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
-			trailing spaces are blank.
-	  						*lcs-extends*
+			trailing spaces are blank.  Overrides the "space"
+			setting for trailing spaces.
+							*lcs-extends*
 	  extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
-	  						*lcs-precedes*
+							*lcs-precedes*
 	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
 			is off and there is text preceding the character
 			visible in the first column.
-	  						*lcs-conceal*
+							*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
-	  						*lcs-nbsp*
-	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
-			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
+							*lcs-nbsp*
+	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space character
+			(0xA0 (160 decimal) and U+202F).  Left blank when
+			omitted.
 
 	The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
 	be used when 'encoding' is "utf-8", otherwise only printable
@@ -4697,7 +4759,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    :set lcs=tab:>-,eol:<,nbsp:%
 	    :set lcs=extends:>,precedes:<
 <	The "NonText" highlighting will be used for "eol", "extends" and
-	"precedes".  "SpecialKey" for "nbsp", "tab" and "trail".
+	"precedes".  "SpecialKey" for "nbsp", "space", "tab" and "trail".
 	|hl-NonText| |hl-SpecialKey|
 
 			*'lpl'* *'nolpl'* *'loadplugins'* *'noloadplugins'*
@@ -5335,7 +5397,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Expression which is evaluated to apply a patch to a file and generate
 	the resulting new version of the file.  See |diff-patchexpr|.
 
-						*'patchmode'* *'pm'* *E206*
+					*'patchmode'* *'pm'* *E205* *E206*
 'patchmode' 'pm'	string	(default "")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -5583,6 +5645,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
 	that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
 	for debugging the regexp engine.
+	Using automatic selection enables Vim to switch the engine, if the
+	default engine becomes too costly.  E.g., when the NFA engine uses too
+	many states.  This should prevent Vim from hanging on a combination of
+	a complex pattern with long text.
 
 		*'relativenumber'* *'rnu'* *'norelativenumber'* *'nornu'*
 'relativenumber' 'rnu'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -5616,6 +5682,77 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	this option at the default "on".  Only switch it off when working with
 	old Vi scripts.
 
+                                               *'renderoptions'* *'rop'*
+'renderoptions' 'rop'	string  (default: empty)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI and DIRECTX on
+			MS-Windows}
+	Select a text renderer and set its options.  The options depend on the
+	renderer.
+
+	Syntax: >
+		set rop=type:{renderer}(,{name}:{value})*
+<
+	Currently, only one optional renderer is available.
+
+	render	behavior    ~
+	directx	Vim will draw text using DirectX (DirectWrite).  It makes
+		drawn glyphs more beautiful than default GDI.
+		It requires 'encoding' is "utf-8", and only works on
+		MS-Windows Vista or newer version.
+
+		Options:
+		  name	    meaning		type	value       ~
+		  gamma	    gamma		float	1.0 - 2.2 (maybe)
+		  contrast  enhancedContrast	float	(unknown)
+		  level	    clearTypeLevel	float	(unknown)
+		  geom	    pixelGeometry	int	0 - 2 (see below)
+		  renmode   renderingMode	int	0 - 6 (see below)
+		  taamode   textAntialiasMode	int	0 - 3 (see below)
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368190.aspx
+
+		For geom: structure of a device pixel.
+		  0 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_FLAT
+		  1 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_RGB
+		  2 - DWRITE_PIXEL_GEOMETRY_BGR
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368114.aspx
+
+		For renmode: method of rendering glyphs.
+		  0 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_DEFAULT
+		  1 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_ALIASED
+		  2 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_CLASSIC
+		  3 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_GDI_NATURAL
+		  4 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL
+		  5 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_NATURAL_SYMMETRIC
+		  6 - DWRITE_RENDERING_MODE_OUTLINE
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368118.aspx
+
+		For taamode: antialiasing mode used for drawing text.
+		  0 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_DEFAULT
+		  1 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_CLEARTYPE
+		  2 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_GRAYSCALE
+		  3 - D2D1_TEXT_ANTIALIAS_MODE_ALIASED
+
+		See this URL for detail:
+		  http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/dd368170.aspx
+
+		Example: >
+		  set encoding=utf-8
+		  set gfn=Ricty_Diminished:h12:cSHIFTJIS
+		  set rop=type:directx
+<
+		If select a raster font (Courier, Terminal or FixedSys) to
+		'guifont', it fallbacks to be drawn by GDI automatically.
+
+	Other render types are currently not supported.
+
 						*'report'*
 'report'		number	(default 2)
 			global
@@ -6254,6 +6391,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing swap file
 		is found.
 	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |:intro|.
+	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
+		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
+		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -6927,6 +7067,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   split	If included, split the current window before loading
 			a buffer for a |quickfix| command that display errors.
 			Otherwise: do not split, use current window.
+	   vsplit	Just like "split" but split vertically.
 	   newtab	Like "split", but open a new tab page.  Overrules
 			"split" when both are present.
 
@@ -7627,6 +7768,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	current buffer: >
 		setlocal ul=-1
 <	This helps when you run out of memory for a single change.
+
+	The local value is set to -123456 when the global value is to be used.
+
 	Also see |clear-undo|.
 
 						*'undoreload'* *'ur'*
@@ -7734,6 +7878,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			fold options
 	   options	options and mappings local to a window or buffer (not
 			global values for local options)
+	   localoptions same as "options"
 	   slash	backslashes in file names replaced with forward
 			slashes
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Feb 24
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ Version 7.4
 - correct RealWaitForChar 
 - after 7.4-119 use different functions lib$cvtf_to_internal_time because Alpha and VAX have
   G_FLOAT but IA64 uses IEEE float otherwise Vim crashes
-- guard agains crashes that are caused by mixed filenames
+- guard against crashes that are caused by mixed filenames
 - [TESTDIR]make_vms.mms changed to see the output files
 - Improve tests, update known issues
 - minor compiler warnings fixed

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ A. You have two possible solutions depending on what you want:
         :!start /min ctags -R .
 <  When it has finished you should see file named "tags" in your current
    directory.  You should notice the window title blinking on your taskbar.
-   This is more noticable for commands that take longer.
+   This is more noticeable for commands that take longer.
    Now delete the "tags" file and run this command: >
         :!start /b ctags -R .
 <  You should have the same "tags" file, but this time there will be no
@@ -367,4 +367,10 @@ Q. I use Vim under Win32s and NT.  In NT, I can define the console to default to
 A. Edit SYSTEM.INI and add 'ScreenLines=50' to the [NonWindowsApp] section.  DOS
    prompts and external DOS commands will now run in a 50-line window.
 
+						*windows-icon*
+Q. I don't like the Vim icon, can I change it?
+A. Yes, place your favorite icon in bitmaps/vim.ico in a directory of
+   'runtimepath'.  For example ~/vimfiles/bitmaps/vim.ico.
+
+
  vim:tw=78:fo=tcq2:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ explanations are in chapter 27 |usr_27.txt|.
 
 							*n*
 n			Repeat the latest "/" or "?" [count] times.
+			If the cursor doesn't move the search is repeated with
+			count + 1.
 			|last-pattern| {Vi: no count}
 
 							*N*
@@ -706,11 +708,18 @@ overview.
 	But to limit the time needed, only the line where what follows matches
 	is searched, and one line before that (if there is one).  This should
 	be sufficient to match most things and not be too slow.
-	The part of the pattern after "\@<=" and "\@<!" are checked for a
-	match first, thus things like "\1" don't work to reference \(\) inside
-	the preceding atom.  It does work the other way around:
-	Example			matches ~
-	\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)	",abc" in "abc,abc"
+
+	In the old regexp engine the part of the pattern after "\@<=" and
+	"\@<!" are checked for a match first, thus things like "\1" don't work
+	to reference \(\) inside the preceding atom.  It does work the other
+	way around:
+	Bad example			matches ~
+	\%#=1\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)		",abc" in "abc,abc"
+
+	However, the new regexp engine works differently, it is better to not
+	rely on this behavior, do not use \@<= if it can be avoided:
+	Example				matches ~
+	\([a-z]\+\)\zs,\1		",abc" in "abc,abc"
 
 \@123<=
 	Like "\@<=" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots
@@ -822,6 +831,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	branch is used.  Example: >
 		/\(.\{-}\zsFab\)\{3}
 <	Finds the third occurrence of "Fab".
+	This cannot be followed by a multi. *E888*
 	{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 							*/\ze*
 \ze	Matches at any position, and sets the end of the match there: The
@@ -830,6 +840,7 @@ $	At end of pattern or in front of "\|", "\)" or "\n" ('magic' on):
 	branch is used.
 	Example: "end\ze\(if\|for\)" matches the "end" in "endif" and
 	"endfor".
+	This cannot be followed by a multi. |E888|
 	{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the |+syntax| feature}
 
 						*/\%^* *start-of-file*
@@ -1049,7 +1060,10 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 								*E769*
 	When the ']' is not there Vim will not give an error message but
 	assume no collection is used.  Useful to search for '['.  However, you
-	do get E769 for internal searching.
+	do get E769 for internal searching.  And be aware that in a
+	`:substitute` command the whole command becomes the pattern.  E.g.
+	":s/[/x/" searches for "[/x" and replaces it with nothing.  It does
+	not search for "[" and replaces it with "x"!
 
 	If the sequence begins with "^", it matches any single character NOT
 	in the collection: "[^xyz]" matches anything but 'x', 'y' and 'z'.
@@ -1332,7 +1346,7 @@ Finally, these constructs are unique to Perl:
 		patterns defined by both |matchadd()| and |:match|.
 
 		Highlighting matches using |:match| are limited to three
-		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match|are
+		matches (aside from |:match|, |:2match| and |:3match| are
 		available). |matchadd()| does not have this limitation and in
 		addition makes it possible to prioritize matches.
 

runtime/doc/print.txt

@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ It is possible to achieve a poor man's version of duplex printing using the PS
 utility psselect.  This utility has options -e and -o for printing just the
 even or odd pages of a PS file respectively.
 
-First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate a new
+First generate a PS file with the 'hardcopy' command, then generate new
 files with all the odd and even numbered pages with: >
 
 	psselect -o test.ps odd.ps

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Nov 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -624,6 +624,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'bioskey'	  'biosk'   MS-DOS: use bios calls for input characters
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
 'breakat'	  'brk'     characters that may cause a line break
+'breakindent'	  'bri'     wrapped line repeats indent 
+'breakindentopt'  'briopt'  settings for 'breakindent'
 'browsedir'	  'bsdir'   which directory to start browsing in
 'bufhidden'	  'bh'	    what to do when buffer is no longer in window
 'buflisted'	  'bl'	    whether the buffer shows up in the buffer list
@@ -762,6 +764,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'keywordprg'	  'kp'	    program to use for the "K" command
 'langmap'	  'lmap'    alphabetic characters for other language mode
 'langmenu'	  'lm'	    language to be used for the menus
+'langnoremap'	  'lnr'	    do not apply 'langmap' to mapped characters
 'laststatus'	  'ls'	    tells when last window has status lines
 'lazyredraw'	  'lz'	    don't redraw while executing macros
 'linebreak'	  'lbr'     wrap long lines at a blank
@@ -829,6 +832,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'regexpengine'	  're'	    default regexp engine to use
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
+'renderoptions'	  'rop'	    options for text rendering on Windows
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
 'restorescreen'   'rs'	    Win32: restore screen when exiting
 'revins'	  'ri'	    inserting characters will work backwards
@@ -1310,11 +1314,16 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 |CTRL-W_R|	CTRL-W R		rotate windows upwards
 |CTRL-W_x|	CTRL-W x		exchange current window with next one
 
-|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =		make all windows equal height
+|CTRL-W_=|	CTRL-W =		make all windows equal height & width
 |CTRL-W_-|	CTRL-W -		decrease current window height
 |CTRL-W_+|	CTRL-W +		increase current window height
 |CTRL-W__|	CTRL-W _		set current window height (default:
 					   very high)
+
+|CTRL-W_<|	CTRL-W <		decrease current window width
+|CTRL-W_>|	CTRL-W >		increase current window width
+|CTRL-W_bar|	CTRL-W |		set current window width (default:
+					   widest possible)
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_bu*		Buffer list commands
 

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
 that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
 navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
 
-The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro any more, is that I
+The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
 now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
 
 I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
 C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
 
 I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
-can't live without it any more.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
+can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
 
 Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
 it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 May 24
+*remote.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				The remote Vim is raised.  If you don't want
 				this use >
 				 vim --remote-send "<C-\><C-N>:n filename<CR>"
-<  --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
+<
+   --remote-silent [+{cmd}] {file} ...			*--remote-silent*
 				As above, but don't complain if there is no
 				server and the file is edited locally.
    --remote-wait [+{cmd}] {file} ...				*--remote-wait*

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ replacement string.
 
 For the definition of a pattern, see |pattern|.
 
+NOTE [cmd] may contain a range; see |collapse| and |edit-paragraph-join| for
+examples.
+
 The global commands work by first scanning through the [range] lines and
 marking each line where a match occurs (for a multi-line pattern, only the
 start of the match matters).
@@ -232,8 +235,8 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			command is ignored.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-						*:scrip* *:scriptnames*
-:scrip[tnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
+						*:scr* *:scriptnames*
+:scr[iptnames]		List all sourced script names, in the order they were
 			first sourced.  The number is used for the script ID
 			|<SID>|.
 			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
@@ -597,6 +600,7 @@ For example, to profile the one_script.vim script file: >
 
 :prof[ile] start {fname}			*:prof* *:profile* *E750*
 		Start profiling, write the output in {fname} upon exit.
+		"~/" and environment variables in {fname} will be expanded.
 		If {fname} already exists it will be silently overwritten.
 		The variable |v:profiling| is set to one.
 

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 12
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -939,9 +939,10 @@ be combined without errors.
 
 If you get an E763 warning that the word tables differ you need to update your
 ".spl" spell files.  If you downloaded the files, get the latest version of
-all spell files you use.  Otherwise generate the .spl file again with
-|:mkspell|.  If you still get errors check the FOL, LOW and UPP lines in the
-used .aff files.
+all spell files you use.  If you are only using one, e.g., German, then also
+download the recent English spell files.  Otherwise generate the .spl file
+again with |:mkspell|.  If you still get errors check the FOL, LOW and UPP
+lines in the used .aff files.
 
 The XX.ascii.spl spell file generated with the "-ascii" argument will not
 contain the table with characters, so that it can be combine with spell files
@@ -1057,6 +1058,9 @@ this text to start with a "#" so that mistakes don't go unnoticed.  Example:
 	SFX F 0 in   [^i]n      # Spion > Spionin  ~
 	SFX F 0 nen  in		# Bauerin > Bauerinnen ~
 
+However, to avoid lots of errors in affix files written for Myspell, you can
+add the IGNOREEXTRA flag.
+
 Apparently Myspell allows an affix name to appear more than once.  Since this
 might also be a mistake, Vim checks for an extra "S".  The affix files for
 Myspell that use this feature apparently have this flag.  Example:
@@ -1110,6 +1114,14 @@ Specifically, the affix flags can be used for:
 - CIRCUMFIX, as explained just below.
 
 
+IGNOREEXTRA						*spell-IGNOREEXTRA*
+
+Normally Vim gives an error for an extra field that does not start with '#'.
+This avoids errors going unnoticed.  However, some files created for Myspell
+or Hunspell may contain many entries with an extra field.  Use the IGNOREEXTRA
+flag to avoid lots of errors.
+
+
 CIRCUMFIX						*spell-CIRCUMFIX*
 
 The CIRCUMFIX flag means a prefix and suffix must be added at the same time.

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 29
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -167,7 +167,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 							*-+/*
 +/{pat}		The cursor will be positioned on the first line containing
 		"pat" in the first file being edited (see |pattern| for the
-		available search patterns).
+		available search patterns).  The search starts at the cursor
+		position, which can be the first line or the cursor position
+		last used from |viminfo|. To force a search from the first
+		line use "+1 +/pat".
 
 +{command}						*-+c* *-c*
 -c {command}	{command} will be executed after the first file has been
@@ -1503,7 +1506,7 @@ most of the information will be restored).
 			already set (registers, marks, |v:oldfiles|, etc.)
 			will be overwritten   {not in Vi}
 
-					*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574*
+				*:wv* *:wviminfo* *E137* *E138* *E574* *E886*
 :wv[iminfo][!] [file]	Write to viminfo file [file] (default: see above).
 			The information in the file is first read in to make
 			a merge between old and new info.  When [!] is used,

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Apr 05
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -211,7 +211,8 @@ thing.  These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
 A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
 
 The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
-and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*"
+and the underscore.  As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*".  However, Vim does not give
+an error when using other characters.
 
 To be able to allow each user to pick his favorite set of colors, there must
 be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
@@ -501,7 +502,7 @@ inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
 takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
 pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
 view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
-(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specificed line before jumping. The
+(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
 javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
 For example: >
 
@@ -1128,6 +1129,16 @@ to standard by placing this in your vimrc file: >
 	:let enforce_freedesktop_standard = 1
 
 
+DIFF							*diff.vim*
+
+The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers.  This can be slow if
+there are very long lines in the file.  To disable translations: >
+
+	:let diff_translations = 0
+
+Also see |diff-slow|.
+
+
 DIRCOLORS			       *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
 
 The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option.  It exists to
@@ -1688,7 +1699,7 @@ vimrc file: >
 HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
 details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
 However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
-ends with --!>) you can define >
+ends with -->) you can define >
 	:let html_wrong_comments=1
 
 JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
@@ -2279,7 +2290,7 @@ files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
 
 	:let perl_include_pod = 0
 
-The reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
+To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
 off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
 
 To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
@@ -2975,6 +2986,7 @@ TEX				*tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
 	Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode		|tex-conceal|
 	Tex: Selective Conceal Mode			|g:tex_conceal|
 	Tex: Controlling iskeyword			|g:tex_isk|
+	Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control	|tex-supersub|
 
 				*tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
  Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
@@ -3068,6 +3080,7 @@ selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
 <
 As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
 but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
+(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
 
 					*tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
  Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
@@ -3169,6 +3182,28 @@ syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
 	* If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
 	* Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
 
+			*tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
+ Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
+
+	See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
+
+	See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
+	math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
+
+	One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
+	wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|).  Since not all
+	fonts support all characters, one may override the
+	concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
+
+	    let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
+	    let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
+<
+	For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
+	characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
+		let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
+<	in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
+	utf-8 glyphs appear.
+
 
 TF						*tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
 
@@ -3287,6 +3322,32 @@ must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
 It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
 	:set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
 
+
+YAML						*yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
+
+					*g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
+A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving 
+non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on 
+plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string 
+and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point, 
+integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values 
+will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
+
+Schema		Description ~
+failsafe	No additional highlighting.
+json		Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
+core		Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
+pyyaml		In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps, 
+		but there are some differences in what is recognized as 
+		numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core 
+		schema.
+
+Default schema is `core`.
+
+Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the 
+only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only 
+difference defined in the syntax file.
+
 ==============================================================================
 5. Defining a syntax					*:syn-define* *E410*
 
@@ -3775,7 +3836,7 @@ The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
 
 
 			*:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
-contains={groupname},..
+contains={group-name},..
 
 The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names.  These
 groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
@@ -3828,13 +3889,13 @@ region where contained items do match.	Note that this may also limit the
 area that is highlighted
 
 
-containedin={groupname}...				*:syn-containedin*
+containedin={group-name}...				*:syn-containedin*
 
 The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names.  The
 item will be allowed to begin inside these groups.  This works as if the
 containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
 
-The {groupname}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
+The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
 
 This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards.  An item can be told to
 be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
@@ -3850,7 +3911,7 @@ keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
 work.
 
 
-nextgroup={groupname},..				*:syn-nextgroup*
+nextgroup={group-name},..				*:syn-nextgroup*
 
 The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
 separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
@@ -4219,7 +4280,7 @@ If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
 for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
 adding "minlines").  This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
 slow machine.  Example: >
-   :syntax sync ccomment maxlines=500
+   :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
 <
 						*:syn-sync-linebreaks*
 When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
@@ -4613,6 +4674,8 @@ ctermbg={color-nr}				*highlight-ctermbg*
 	Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
 	colors!
 
+	You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
+
 							*:hi-normal-cterm*
 	When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
 	these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
@@ -5041,6 +5104,7 @@ This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo".  The value of
 restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
 "b:current_syntax".  The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
 "w:current_syntax".
+Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
 
 Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
 on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -61,16 +61,25 @@ In the GUI tab pages line you can use the right mouse button to open menu.
 :[count]tabe[dit]				*:tabe* *:tabedit* *:tabnew*
 :[count]tabnew
 		Open a new tab page with an empty window, after the current
-		tab page.  For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		tab page.  If [count] is given the new tab page appears after
+		the tab page [count] otherwise the new tab page will appear
+		after the current one. >
+		    :tabnew	" opens tabpage after the current one
+		    :.tabnew	" as above
+		    :+tabnew	" opens tabpage after the next tab page
+				" note: it is one further than :tabnew
+		    :-tabnew	" opens tabpage before the current one
+		    :0tabnew	" opens tabpage before the first one
+		    :$tabnew	" opens tabpage after the last one
 
 :[count]tabe[dit] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 :[count]tabnew [++opt] [+cmd] {file}
 		Open a new tab page and edit {file}, like with |:edit|.
-		For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		For [count] see |:tabnew| above.
 
 :[count]tabf[ind] [++opt] [+cmd] {file}			*:tabf* *:tabfind*
 		Open a new tab page and edit {file} in 'path', like with
-		|:find|.  For [count] see |:tab| below.
+		|:find|.  For [count] see |:tabnew| above.
 		{not available when the |+file_in_path| feature was disabled
 		at compile time}
 
@@ -110,12 +119,18 @@ something else.
 		- When 'hidden' is not set, [!] is not used, a buffer has
 		  changes, and there is no other window on this buffer.
 		Changes to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so
-		this is a "safe" command.
+		this is a "safe" command. >
+		    :tabclose	    " close the current tab page
 
+:{count}tabc[lose][!]
 :tabc[lose][!] {count}
 		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as `:tabclose`
-		above.
-
+		above. >
+		    :-tabclose	    " close the previous tab page
+		    :+tabclose	    " close the next tab page
+		    :1tabclose	    " close the first tab page
+		    :$tabclose	    " close the last tab page
+<
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
 :tabo[nly][!]	Close all other tab pages.
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
@@ -124,7 +139,17 @@ something else.
 		modified buffers are written.  Otherwise, windows that have
 		buffers that are modified are not removed, unless the [!] is
 		given, then they become hidden.  But modified buffers are
-		never abandoned, so changes cannot get lost.
+		never abandoned, so changes cannot get lost. >
+		    :tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the current
+
+:{count}tabo[nly][!]
+		Close all tab pages except the {count}th one. >
+		    :.tabonly	    " one
+		    :-tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the previous
+				    " one
+		    :+tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the next one
+		    :1tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the first one
+		    :$tabonly	    " close all tab pages except the last one
 
 
 SWITCHING TO ANOTHER TAB PAGE:
@@ -176,23 +201,39 @@ REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 :[N]tabm[ove]
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
-		page is made the last one.
+		page is made the last one. >
+		    :.tabmove	" do nothing
+		    :-tabmove	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :+tabmove	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :0tabmove	" move the tab page to the beginning of the tab
+				" list
+		    :tabmove 0	" as above
+		    :tabmove	" move the tab page to the last
+		    :$tabmove	" as above
+		    :tabmove $	" as above
 
 :tabm[ove] +[N]
 :tabm[ove] -[N]
 		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
-		the left (with -).
+		the left (with -). >
+		    :tabmove -	" move the tab page to the left
+		    :tabmove -1	" as above
+		    :tabmove +	" move the tab page to the right
+		    :tabmove +1	" as above
+
 
 Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
-:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
-clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+:Ntabmove. And move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For clarification what
++N means in this context see |[range]|.
 
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 
 							*:tabd* *:tabdo*
-:tabd[o] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each tab page.
-		It works like doing this: >
+:[range]tabd[o] {cmd}
+		Execute {cmd} in each tab page or if [range] is given only in
+		tab pages which tab page number is in the [range].  It works
+		like doing this: >
 			:tabfirst
 			:{cmd}
 			:tabnext
@@ -238,8 +279,8 @@ window on the same buffer and then edit another buffer.  Thus ":tabnew"
 triggers:
 	WinLeave		leave current window
 	TabLeave		leave current tab page
-	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	WinEnter		enter window in new tab page
+	TabEnter		enter new tab page
 	BufLeave		leave current buffer
 	BufEnter		enter new empty buffer
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -91,6 +91,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'bl'	options.txt	/*'bl'*
 'bomb'	options.txt	/*'bomb'*
 'breakat'	options.txt	/*'breakat'*
+'breakindent'	options.txt	/*'breakindent'*
+'breakindentopt'	options.txt	/*'breakindentopt'*
+'bri'	options.txt	/*'bri'*
+'briopt'	options.txt	/*'briopt'*
 'brk'	options.txt	/*'brk'*
 'browsedir'	options.txt	/*'browsedir'*
 'bs'	options.txt	/*'bs'*
@@ -388,6 +392,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'kp'	options.txt	/*'kp'*
 'langmap'	options.txt	/*'langmap'*
 'langmenu'	options.txt	/*'langmenu'*
+'langnoremap'	options.txt	/*'langnoremap'*
 'laststatus'	options.txt	/*'laststatus'*
 'lazyredraw'	options.txt	/*'lazyredraw'*
 'lbr'	options.txt	/*'lbr'*
@@ -401,6 +406,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'listchars'	options.txt	/*'listchars'*
 'lm'	options.txt	/*'lm'*
 'lmap'	options.txt	/*'lmap'*
+'lnr'	options.txt	/*'lnr'*
 'loadplugins'	options.txt	/*'loadplugins'*
 'lpl'	options.txt	/*'lpl'*
 'ls'	options.txt	/*'ls'*
@@ -752,6 +758,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'regexpengine'	options.txt	/*'regexpengine'*
 'relativenumber'	options.txt	/*'relativenumber'*
 'remap'	options.txt	/*'remap'*
+'renderoptions'	options.txt	/*'renderoptions'*
 'report'	options.txt	/*'report'*
 'restorescreen'	options.txt	/*'restorescreen'*
 'revins'	options.txt	/*'revins'*
@@ -762,6 +769,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'rlc'	options.txt	/*'rlc'*
 'rnu'	options.txt	/*'rnu'*
 'ro'	options.txt	/*'ro'*
+'rop'	options.txt	/*'rop'*
 'rs'	options.txt	/*'rs'*
 'rtp'	options.txt	/*'rtp'*
 'ru'	options.txt	/*'ru'*
@@ -924,6 +932,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
 't_SI'	term.txt	/*'t_SI'*
+'t_SR'	term.txt	/*'t_SR'*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
@@ -987,6 +996,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_ve'	term.txt	/*'t_ve'*
 't_vi'	term.txt	/*'t_vi'*
 't_vs'	term.txt	/*'t_vs'*
+'t_xn'	term.txt	/*'t_xn'*
 't_xs'	term.txt	/*'t_xs'*
 'ta'	options.txt	/*'ta'*
 'tabline'	options.txt	/*'tabline'*
@@ -1167,6 +1177,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +dialog_gui	various.txt	/*+dialog_gui*
 +diff	various.txt	/*+diff*
 +digraphs	various.txt	/*+digraphs*
++directx	various.txt	/*+directx*
 +dnd	various.txt	/*+dnd*
 +emacs_tags	various.txt	/*+emacs_tags*
 +eval	various.txt	/*+eval*
@@ -1201,6 +1212,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse	various.txt	/*+mouse*
 +mouse_dec	various.txt	/*+mouse_dec*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
++mouse_jsbterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_jsbterm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
 +mouse_sgr	various.txt	/*+mouse_sgr*
@@ -1388,6 +1400,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 .dic	spell.txt	/*.dic*
 .exrc	starting.txt	/*.exrc*
 .gvimrc	gui.txt	/*.gvimrc*
+.netrwbook	pi_netrw.txt	/*.netrwbook*
+.netrwhist	pi_netrw.txt	/*.netrwhist*
 .vimrc	starting.txt	/*.vimrc*
 /	pattern.txt	/*\/*
 /$	pattern.txt	/*\/$*
@@ -1415,6 +1429,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\%>c	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>c*
 /\%>l	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>l*
 /\%>v	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%>v*
+/\%C	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%C*
 /\%U	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%U*
 /\%V	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%V*
 /\%[]	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%[]*
@@ -2046,6 +2061,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :comc	map.txt	/*:comc*
 :comclear	map.txt	/*:comclear*
 :command	map.txt	/*:command*
+:command-addr	map.txt	/*:command-addr*
 :command-bang	map.txt	/*:command-bang*
 :command-bar	map.txt	/*:command-bar*
 :command-buffer	map.txt	/*:command-buffer*
@@ -2239,6 +2255,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :ha	print.txt	/*:ha*
 :hardcopy	print.txt	/*:hardcopy*
 :help	helphelp.txt	/*:help*
+:helpc	helphelp.txt	/*:helpc*
+:helpclose	helphelp.txt	/*:helpclose*
 :helpf	helphelp.txt	/*:helpf*
 :helpfind	helphelp.txt	/*:helpfind*
 :helpg	helphelp.txt	/*:helpg*
@@ -2521,8 +2539,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :noautocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:noautocmd*
 :noh	pattern.txt	/*:noh*
 :nohlsearch	pattern.txt	/*:nohlsearch*
+:nor	map.txt	/*:nor*
+:nore	map.txt	/*:nore*
 :norea	map.txt	/*:norea*
 :noreabbrev	map.txt	/*:noreabbrev*
+:norem	map.txt	/*:norem*
 :noremap	map.txt	/*:noremap*
 :noremap!	map.txt	/*:noremap!*
 :noreme	gui.txt	/*:noreme*
@@ -2709,7 +2730,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sbr	windows.txt	/*:sbr*
 :sbrewind	windows.txt	/*:sbrewind*
 :sbuffer	windows.txt	/*:sbuffer*
-:scrip	repeat.txt	/*:scrip*
+:scr	repeat.txt	/*:scr*
 :scripte	repeat.txt	/*:scripte*
 :scriptencoding	repeat.txt	/*:scriptencoding*
 :scriptnames	repeat.txt	/*:scriptnames*
@@ -2744,7 +2765,6 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sfirst	windows.txt	/*:sfirst*
 :sh	various.txt	/*:sh*
 :shell	various.txt	/*:shell*
-:si	gui_w32.txt	/*:si*
 :sig	sign.txt	/*:sig*
 :sign	sign.txt	/*:sign*
 :sign-define	sign.txt	/*:sign-define*
@@ -2757,6 +2777,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :sign-unplace	sign.txt	/*:sign-unplace*
 :sil	various.txt	/*:sil*
 :silent	various.txt	/*:silent*
+:sim	gui_w32.txt	/*:sim*
 :simalt	gui_w32.txt	/*:simalt*
 :sl	various.txt	/*:sl*
 :sla	windows.txt	/*:sla*
@@ -3120,6 +3141,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 <CSI>	intro.txt	/*<CSI>*
 <Char->	map.txt	/*<Char->*
 <Char>	map.txt	/*<Char>*
+<CursorHold>	autocmd.txt	/*<CursorHold>*
 <D-	intro.txt	/*<D-*
 <Del>	change.txt	/*<Del>*
 <Down>	motion.txt	/*<Down>*
@@ -3442,6 +3464,7 @@ CTRL-^	editing.txt	/*CTRL-^*
 CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
 Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
+CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
 Cmdline-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline-mode*
 CmdwinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinEnter*
@@ -3583,7 +3606,7 @@ E201	autocmd.txt	/*E201*
 E202	options.txt	/*E202*
 E203	autocmd.txt	/*E203*
 E204	autocmd.txt	/*E204*
-E205	if_pyth.txt	/*E205*
+E205	options.txt	/*E205*
 E206	options.txt	/*E206*
 E207	editing.txt	/*E207*
 E208	message.txt	/*E208*
@@ -4313,6 +4336,11 @@ E881	autocmd.txt	/*E881*
 E882	eval.txt	/*E882*
 E883	eval.txt	/*E883*
 E884	eval.txt	/*E884*
+E885	sign.txt	/*E885*
+E886	starting.txt	/*E886*
+E887	if_pyth.txt	/*E887*
+E888	pattern.txt	/*E888*
+E889	map.txt	/*E889*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
@@ -4792,6 +4820,7 @@ argidx()	eval.txt	/*argidx()*
 arglist	editing.txt	/*arglist*
 arglist-position	editing.txt	/*arglist-position*
 arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
+arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
@@ -4846,6 +4875,7 @@ b:current_syntax-variable	syntax.txt	/*b:current_syntax-variable*
 b:netrw_lastfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*b:netrw_lastfile*
 b:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*b:tex_stylish*
 b:var	eval.txt	/*b:var*
+b:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*b:yaml_schema*
 baan-folding	syntax.txt	/*baan-folding*
 baan-syntax	syntax.txt	/*baan-syntax*
 baan.vim	syntax.txt	/*baan.vim*
@@ -4889,6 +4919,7 @@ blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
 blockwise-visual	visual.txt	/*blockwise-visual*
 blowfish	options.txt	/*blowfish*
+blowfish2	options.txt	/*blowfish2*
 bold	syntax.txt	/*bold*
 bom-bytes	mbyte.txt	/*bom-bytes*
 book	intro.txt	/*book*
@@ -5388,9 +5419,12 @@ diff-mode	diff.txt	/*diff-mode*
 diff-options	diff.txt	/*diff-options*
 diff-original-file	diff.txt	/*diff-original-file*
 diff-patchexpr	diff.txt	/*diff-patchexpr*
+diff-slow	diff.txt	/*diff-slow*
 diff.txt	diff.txt	/*diff.txt*
+diff.vim	syntax.txt	/*diff.vim*
 diff_filler()	eval.txt	/*diff_filler()*
 diff_hlID()	eval.txt	/*diff_hlID()*
+diff_translations	diff.txt	/*diff_translations*
 digraph	digraph.txt	/*digraph*
 digraph-arg	change.txt	/*digraph-arg*
 digraph-encoding	digraph.txt	/*digraph-encoding*
@@ -5451,6 +5485,7 @@ edit-dialogs	editing.txt	/*edit-dialogs*
 edit-files	editing.txt	/*edit-files*
 edit-intro	editing.txt	/*edit-intro*
 edit-no-break	usr_25.txt	/*edit-no-break*
+edit-paragraph-join	usr_25.txt	/*edit-paragraph-join*
 editing.txt	editing.txt	/*editing.txt*
 efm-%>	quickfix.txt	/*efm-%>*
 efm-entries	quickfix.txt	/*efm-entries*
@@ -5850,6 +5885,7 @@ ft-xhtml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xhtml-omni*
 ft-xml-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-xml-omni*
 ft-xml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xml-syntax*
 ft-xpm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-xpm-syntax*
+ft-yaml-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-yaml-syntax*
 ft_ada.txt	ft_ada.txt	/*ft_ada.txt*
 ft_sql.txt	ft_sql.txt	/*ft_sql.txt*
 ftdetect	filetype.txt	/*ftdetect*
@@ -5980,6 +6016,8 @@ g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
+g:netrw_ffkeep	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ffkeep*
+g:netrw_file_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_file_cmd*
 g:netrw_fname_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fname_escape*
 g:netrw_ftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp*
 g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject*
@@ -5991,6 +6029,7 @@ g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd*
 g:netrw_ftpextracmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpextracmd*
 g:netrw_ftpmode	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ftpmode*
 g:netrw_glob_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_glob_escape*
+g:netrw_gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_gx*
 g:netrw_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_hide*
 g:netrw_home	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_home*
 g:netrw_http_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_cmd*
@@ -5998,10 +6037,13 @@ g:netrw_http_put_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_put_cmd*
 g:netrw_http_xcmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_http_xcmd*
 g:netrw_ignorenetrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ignorenetrc*
 g:netrw_keepdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepdir*
+g:netrw_keepj	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_keepj*
 g:netrw_list_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd*
+g:netrw_list_cmd_options	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd_options*
 g:netrw_list_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_hide*
 g:netrw_liststyle	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_liststyle*
 g:netrw_localcopycmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopycmd*
+g:netrw_localcopydircmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopydircmd*
 g:netrw_localmkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmkdir*
 g:netrw_localmovecmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmd*
 g:netrw_localrmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localrmdir*
@@ -6022,6 +6064,7 @@ g:netrw_rsync_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rsync_cmd*
 g:netrw_scp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scp_cmd*
 g:netrw_scpport	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scpport*
 g:netrw_sepchr	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sepchr*
+g:netrw_servername	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_servername*
 g:netrw_sftp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sftp_cmd*
 g:netrw_silent	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_silent*
 g:netrw_sort_by	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sort_by*
@@ -6061,6 +6104,8 @@ g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
 g:tex_no_error	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_no_error*
 g:tex_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_nospell*
 g:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_stylish*
+g:tex_subscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_subscripts*
+g:tex_superscripts	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_superscripts*
 g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
@@ -6070,6 +6115,7 @@ g:vimsyn_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_folding*
 g:vimsyn_maxlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_maxlines*
 g:vimsyn_minlines	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_minlines*
 g:vimsyn_noerror	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_noerror*
+g:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*g:yaml_schema*
 g:zip_nomax	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_nomax*
 g:zip_shq	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_shq*
 g:zip_unzipcmd	pi_zip.txt	/*g:zip_unzipcmd*
@@ -6124,6 +6170,8 @@ getcharmod()	eval.txt	/*getcharmod()*
 getcmdline()	eval.txt	/*getcmdline()*
 getcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*getcmdpos()*
 getcmdtype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdtype()*
+getcmdwintype()	eval.txt	/*getcmdwintype()*
+getcurpos()	eval.txt	/*getcurpos()*
 getcwd()	eval.txt	/*getcwd()*
 getfontname()	eval.txt	/*getfontname()*
 getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
@@ -6158,6 +6206,7 @@ gi	insert.txt	/*gi*
 gj	motion.txt	/*gj*
 gk	motion.txt	/*gk*
 glob()	eval.txt	/*glob()*
+glob2regpat()	eval.txt	/*glob2regpat()*
 global-ime	mbyte.txt	/*global-ime*
 global-local	options.txt	/*global-local*
 global-variable	eval.txt	/*global-variable*
@@ -6819,6 +6868,7 @@ match()	eval.txt	/*match()*
 match-highlight	pattern.txt	/*match-highlight*
 match-parens	tips.txt	/*match-parens*
 matchadd()	eval.txt	/*matchadd()*
+matchaddpos()	eval.txt	/*matchaddpos()*
 matcharg()	eval.txt	/*matcharg()*
 matchdelete()	eval.txt	/*matchdelete()*
 matchend()	eval.txt	/*matchend()*
@@ -6965,6 +7015,8 @@ netrw-:Hexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Hexplore*
 netrw-:Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Lexplore*
 netrw-:MF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MF*
 netrw-:MT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:MT*
+netrw-:NetrwC	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:NetrwC*
+netrw-:NetrwMB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:NetrwMB*
 netrw-:Rexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Rexplore*
 netrw-:Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Sexplore*
 netrw-:Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-:Texplore*
@@ -6973,6 +7025,7 @@ netrw-C	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-C*
 netrw-D	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-D*
 netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
+netrw-P18	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P18*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
 netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
@@ -7002,6 +7055,7 @@ netrw-createfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-createfile*
 netrw-credits	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-credits*
 netrw-ctrl-h	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-h*
 netrw-ctrl-l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-l*
+netrw-ctrl-r	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl-r*
 netrw-ctrl_l	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ctrl_l*
 netrw-curdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-curdir*
 netrw-d	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-d*
@@ -7028,6 +7082,7 @@ netrw-gf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gf*
 netrw-gh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gh*
 netrw-gitignore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gitignore*
 netrw-gp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gp*
+netrw-grep	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-grep*
 netrw-gx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-gx*
 netrw-handler	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-handler*
 netrw-help	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-help*
@@ -7049,6 +7104,7 @@ netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
 netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
 netrw-mF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mF*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
+netrw-mX	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mX*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
 netrw-md	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-md*
@@ -7066,6 +7122,7 @@ netrw-mr	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mr*
 netrw-ms	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ms*
 netrw-mt	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mt*
 netrw-mu	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mu*
+netrw-mv	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mv*
 netrw-mx	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mx*
 netrw-mz	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mz*
 netrw-netrc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-netrc*
@@ -7084,6 +7141,8 @@ netrw-p12	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p12*
 netrw-p13	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p13*
 netrw-p14	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p14*
 netrw-p15	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p15*
+netrw-p16	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p16*
+netrw-p17	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p17*
 netrw-p2	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p2*
 netrw-p3	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p3*
 netrw-p4	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-p4*
@@ -7410,6 +7469,7 @@ printf()	eval.txt	/*printf()*
 printf-%	eval.txt	/*printf-%*
 printf-E	eval.txt	/*printf-E*
 printf-G	eval.txt	/*printf-G*
+printf-S	eval.txt	/*printf-S*
 printf-X	eval.txt	/*printf-X*
 printf-c	eval.txt	/*printf-c*
 printf-d	eval.txt	/*printf-d*
@@ -7799,6 +7859,7 @@ spell-FLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-FLAG*
 spell-FOL	spell.txt	/*spell-FOL*
 spell-FORBIDDENWORD	spell.txt	/*spell-FORBIDDENWORD*
 spell-HOME	spell.txt	/*spell-HOME*
+spell-IGNOREEXTRA	spell.txt	/*spell-IGNOREEXTRA*
 spell-KEEPCASE	spell.txt	/*spell-KEEPCASE*
 spell-KEY	spell.txt	/*spell-KEY*
 spell-LANG	spell.txt	/*spell-LANG*
@@ -8046,6 +8107,7 @@ t_KL	term.txt	/*t_KL*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
 t_SI	term.txt	/*t_SI*
+t_SR	term.txt	/*t_SR*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
@@ -8148,6 +8210,7 @@ t_vb	term.txt	/*t_vb*
 t_ve	term.txt	/*t_ve*
 t_vi	term.txt	/*t_vi*
 t_vs	term.txt	/*t_vs*
+t_xn	term.txt	/*t_xn*
 t_xs	term.txt	/*t_xs*
 tab	intro.txt	/*tab*
 tab-page	tabpage.txt	/*tab-page*
@@ -8276,6 +8339,7 @@ tex-runon	syntax.txt	/*tex-runon*
 tex-slow	syntax.txt	/*tex-slow*
 tex-stopzone	syntax.txt	/*tex-stopzone*
 tex-style	syntax.txt	/*tex-style*
+tex-supersub	syntax.txt	/*tex-supersub*
 tex-sync	syntax.txt	/*tex-sync*
 tex-verb	syntax.txt	/*tex-verb*
 tex.vim	syntax.txt	/*tex.vim*
@@ -8751,6 +8815,7 @@ window-variable	eval.txt	/*window-variable*
 windowid-variable	eval.txt	/*windowid-variable*
 windows	windows.txt	/*windows*
 windows-3.1	os_win32.txt	/*windows-3.1*
+windows-icon	os_win32.txt	/*windows-icon*
 windows-intro	windows.txt	/*windows-intro*
 windows-starting	windows.txt	/*windows-starting*
 windows.txt	windows.txt	/*windows.txt*
@@ -8827,6 +8892,7 @@ xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*
 xterm-shifted-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-shifted-keys*
 y	change.txt	/*y*
+yaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*yaml.vim*
 yank	change.txt	/*yank*
 ye-option-gone	version4.txt	/*ye-option-gone*
 year-2000	intro.txt	/*year-2000*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -224,10 +224,11 @@ The options are listed below.  The associated termcap code is always equal to
 the last two characters of the option name.  Only one termcap code is
 required: Cursor motion, 't_cm'.
 
-The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs' represent flags in the termcap.
-When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".  But any
-non-empty string means that the flag is set.  An empty string means that the
-flag is not set.  't_CS' works like this too, but it isn't a termcap flag.
+The options 't_da', 't_db', 't_ms', 't_xs', 't_xn' represent flags in the
+termcap.  When the termcap flag is present, the option will be set to "y".
+But any non-empty string means that the flag is set.  An empty string means
+that the flag is not set.  't_CS' works like this too, but it isn't a termcap
+flag.
 
 OUTPUT CODES
 	option	meaning	~
@@ -281,6 +282,9 @@ OUTPUT CODES
 	t_vs	cursor very visible				*t_vs* *'t_vs'*
 								*t_xs* *'t_xs'*
 	t_xs	if non-empty, standout not erased by overwriting (hpterm)
+								*t_xn* *'t_xn'*
+	t_xn	if non-empty, writing a character at the last screen cell
+		does not cause scrolling
 	t_ZH	italics mode					*t_ZH* *'t_ZH'*
 	t_ZR	italics end					*t_ZR* *'t_ZR'*
 
@@ -290,7 +294,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_WP* *'t_WP'*
 	t_WS	set window size (height, width) in characters	*t_WS* *'t_WS'*
 	t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)		*t_SI* *'t_SI'*
-	t_EI	end insert mode (block cursor shape)		*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
+	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*
+	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
@@ -410,7 +415,7 @@ adjust the various t_ codes.  This avoids the problem that the xterm can
 produce different codes, depending on the mode it is in (8-bit, VT102,
 VT220, etc.).  The result is that codes like <xF1> are no longer needed.
 Note: This is only done on startup.  If the xterm options are changed after
-Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized any more.
+Vim has started, the escape sequences may not be recognized anymore.
 
 							*xterm-resize*
 Window resizing with xterm only works if the allowWindowOps resource is
@@ -434,13 +439,16 @@ If one of these is not available, 't_Sb' and 't_Sf' are used.  't_me' is used
 to reset to the default colors.
 
 				*termcap-cursor-shape* *termcap-cursor-color*
-When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When leaving
-Insert mode 't_EI' is used.  But only if both are defined.  This can be used
-to change the shape or color of the cursor in Insert mode.  These are not
-standard termcap/terminfo entries, you need to set them yourself.
+When Vim enters Insert mode the 't_SI' escape sequence is sent.  When Vim
+enters Replace mode the 't_SR' escape sequence is sent if it is set, otherwise
+'t_SI' is sent.  When leaving Insert mode or Replace mode 't_EI' is used. This
+can be used to change the shape or color of the cursor in Insert or Replace
+mode. These are not standard termcap/terminfo entries, you need to set them
+yourself.
 Example for an xterm, this changes the color of the cursor: >
     if &term =~ "xterm"
 	let &t_SI = "\<Esc>]12;purple\x7"
+	let &t_SR = "\<Esc>]12;red\x7"
 	let &t_EI = "\<Esc>]12;blue\x7"
     endif
 NOTE: When Vim exits the shape for Normal mode will remain.  The shape from

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 13
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -35,6 +35,11 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
 Regexp problems:
+- The old engine does not find a match for "/\%#=1\(\)\{80}", the new engine
+  matches everywhere.
+- Using win_linetabsize() can still be slow. Cache the result, store col and
+  vcol. Reset them when moving to another line.
+- Very slow with a long line and Ruby highlighting. (John Whitley, 2014 Dec 4)
 - Bug with pattern: '\vblock (\d+)\.\n.*\d+%(\1)@<!\.$'
   (Lech Lorens, 2014 Feb 3)
 - Issue 164: freeze on regexp search.
@@ -42,38 +47,303 @@ Regexp problems:
   2013 Dec 11)
 - Using \@> and \?. (Brett Stahlman, 2013 Dec 21) Remark from Marcin Szamotulski
   Remark from Brett 2014 Jan 6 and 7.
+- Difference in NFA and old engine. (Brett Stahlman, 2014 Nov 5)
 - Bug when using \>. (Ramel, 2014 Feb 2) (Aaron Bohannon, 2014 Feb 13)
 - NFA regexp doesn't handle \%<v correctly. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 May 12)
 - Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
   \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+- Bug relating to back references. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Jul 24)
+- New RE does not give an error for empty group: "\(\)\{2}" (Dominique Pelle,
+  2015 Feb 7)
+- Using back reference before the capturing group sometimes works with the old
+  engine, can we do this with the new engine?  E.g. with
+  "/\%(<\1>\)\@<=.*\%(<\/\(\w\+\)>\)\@=" matching text inside HTML tags.
+- Strange matching with "\(Hello\n\)\@<=A". (Anas Syed, 2015 Feb 12)
+- Problem with \v(A)@<=b+\1c. (Issue 334)
+- Diff highlighting can be very slow. (Issue 309)
+- Using %> for a virtual column has a check based on 'tabsize'.  Better would
+  be to cache the result of win_linetabsize(col), storing both col and vcol,
+  and use them to decide whether win_linetabsize() needs to be called.  Reset
+  col and vcol when moving to another line.
+- this doesn't work: "syntax match ErrorMsg /.\%9l\%>20c\&\%<28c/".  Leaving
+  out the \& works.  Seems any column check after \& fails.
+
+Still using freed memory after using setloclist(). (lcd, 2014 Jul 23)
+More info Jul 24.  Not clear why.
+
+Better .ico file for Windows. (Pat Suwalski, 2015 Feb 13)
+Waiting for response on remark from Edward Fox.
+
+Patch to make getregtype() return the right size for non-linux systems.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Jul 8)
+Breaks test_eval.  Inefficient, can we only compute y_width when needed?
 
 Problem that a previous silent ":throw" causes a following try/catch not to
 work. (ZyX, 2013 Sep 28)
 
+Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
+
+Regression for v_b_A. (Ingo Karkat, 2015 May 18)
+
 ":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
 directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
 
-Problem using ":try" inside ":execute". (ZyX, 2013 Sep 15)
+Patch on issue 365.
+
+Patch to add "vsplit" to 'switchbuf'. (Brook Hong, 2015 Jun 4)
+
+patch to fix that "p" in Visual mode does not break line in expected place.
+(Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2015 May 23)
+
+Patch to fix that wide characters do not work properly after exiting.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2015 May 24) Better patch to come.
+
+Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
+
+keymap for Russian typewriter layout. (Danwerspb, 2015 May 15)
+
+Patch for man.vim. (SungHyun Nam, 2015 May 20)
+Doesn't work completely (Dominique Orban)
+
+The entries added by matchaddpos() are returned by getmatches() but can't be
+set with setmatches(). (lcd47, 2014 Jun 29)
+Patch by Christian, 2015 Jun 16.
+
+Invalid memory access in regexp.c. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 May 23)
+
+Using ":windo" to set options in all windows has the side effect that it
+changes the window layout and the current window.  Make a variant that saves
+and restores.  Use in the matchparen plugin.
+Perhaps we can use ":silent window"?
+
+Patch for :[count]tag" not always working. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 May 19)
+
+Include the LogiPat plugin in the distribution?
+
+Patch to fix that ":cnext" jumps to the wrong column. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015
+May 17, second patch)
+
+Pull request for jcukenwintype.vim. (Denis Proskurin, 2015 May 15)
+
+Patch for appending in Visual mode with 'linebreak' set.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 1)
+
+Patch to make CTRL-A in Visual mode increment all Visually selected numbers.
+Same for decrement with CTRL-X. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 8)
+Update Jun 9.
+
+C indent: should recognize C11 raw strings. (Mark Lodato, 2015 Mar 1)
+Need to recognize R"string" for 'cindent'.
+
+Updated phpcomplete. (Mikolaj Machowski, 2015 May 6)
+
+Patch to detect background terminal color in xterm. (Lubomir Rintel, 2015 Jun
+1)
+
+Patch to fix that in command-line window first character is erased
+when conceallevel is set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 May 12)
+
+Patch to make Lua 5.3 and later work. (Felix Schnizlein, 2015 Jun 11)
+
+Patch to make \U in a string accept up to 8 characters. (Christian Brabandt,
+2015 Jun 12)  Does this break existing scripts?
+
+Crash when changing the 'tags' option from a remote command.
+(Benjamin Fritz, 2015 Mar 18, stack trace Mar 20)
+
+Patch on issue 361.
+
+Patch on issue 362.
+
+Gvim: when both Tab and CTRL-I are mapped, use CTRL-I not for Tab.
+
+Can src/GvimExt/Make_cyg.mak be removed?
+Same for src/xxd/Make_cyg.mak
 
 Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 
+MS-Windows: When editing a file with a leading space, writing it uses the
+wrong name. (Aram, 2014 Nov 7)  Vim 7.4.
+
+Can't recognize the $ProgramFiles(x86) environment variable.  Recognize it
+specifically?  First try with the parens, then without.
+
+Patch to force redraw after ":syn spell" command. (Christian, 2015 May 8)
+
+Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12)
+Is this the right solution?
+
+Patch for langmap not working properly with mapping in Command-line mode.
+Issue 376.
+
+Value returned by virtcol() changes depending on how lines wrap.  This is
+inconsistent with the documentation.
+
+Better greek spell checking.  Issue 299.
+
+Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
+insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
+Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
+Updated update: Shougo 2015 Jun 12
+
+When complete() first argument is before where insert started and 'backspace'
+is Vi compatible, the completion fails. (Hirohito Higashi, 2015 Feb 19)
+
+Patch to fix equivalence classes in regexp. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jun 2)
+
+Weird encryption problems on Windows. (Ben Fritz, 2015 Feb 13)
+Goes away when disabling the swap file. (might1, Feb 16)
+
 MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
 (Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
 
+The argument for "-S" is not taken literally, the ":so" command expands
+wildcards.  Add a ":nowild" command modifier?  (ZyX, 2015 March 4)
+
+Build with Python on Mac does not always use the right library.
+(Kazunobu Kuriyama, 2015 Mar 28)
+
+ml_updatechunk() is slow when retrying for another encoding. (John Little,
+2014 Sep 11)
+
+Patch to use different terminal mode settings for system(). (Hayaki Saito)
+Does this work for everybody?
+
+When a session file is created and there are "nofile" buffers, these are not
+filled.  Need to trigger BufReadCmd autocommands.  Also handle deleting the
+initial empty buffer better. (ZyX, 2015 March 8)
+
+Extended file attributes lost on write (backupcopy=no).  Issue 306.
+
+Patch to add an argument to ":ls" for specific kinds of buffers.
+(Marcin Szamotulski, 2015 Jan 31)
+
+Crash when using R syntax. (Jakson Alves de Aquino, 2015 Jan 30)
+Memory freed by ":syn clear" but still referenced, syntax items referenced
+from two windows?  Stopped happening (Feb 5).
+
+Patch for an extra argument to matchadd() for conceal. (Christian Brabandt,
+2015 Feb 17, update Feb 19)
+
+Patch to add v:completed_item. (Shougo Matsu, 2013 Nov 29).
+Update 2015 May 30.
+
+Patch to add :lockjumps. (Carlo Baldassi, 2015 May 25)
+OK to not block marks?
+
+Mixup of highlighting when there is a match and SpellBad. (ZyX, 2015 Jan 1)
+
+Patch on issue 79: use 'path' option for filename completion.
+
+Patch to add 'belloff' option. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 31)
+Update Feb 6.
+
+Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
+(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
+
+Patch on Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
+
+When 'balloonexpr' returns a list the result has a trailing newline.
+Just remove one trailing newline. (lcd, 2014 Oct 17)
+
+Make comments in the test Makefile silent. (Kartik Agaram, 2014 Sep 24)
+
+Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
+26, update 2013 Dec 14, another 2014 Nov 22)
+
+Result of systemlist() does not show whether text ended in line break.
+(Bjorn Linse, 2014 Nov 27)
+
+When in 'comments' "n:x" follows after three-part comment directly it repeats
+any one-character from the previous line. (Kartik Agaram, 2014 Sep 19)
+
 Syntax highlighting slow (hangs) in SASS file. (Niek Bosch, 2013 Aug 21)
 
+Patch to add the EndOfBuffer highlight group, used instead of NonText for "~"
+lines. (Marco Hinz, 2014 Nov 2)
+
 Adding "~" to 'cdpath' doesn't work for completion?  (Davido, 2013 Aug 19)
 
-Syntax file for gnuplot.  Existing one is very old. (Andrew Rasmussen, 2014
-Feb 24)
+Should be easy to highlight all matches with 'incsearch'.  Idea by Itchyny,
+2015 Feb 6.
 
-Add digraph for Rouble: =P.  What's the Unicode?
+Plugins need to make a lot of effort, lots of mappings, to know what happened
+before pressing the key that triggers a plugin action.  How about keeping the
+last N pressed keys, so that they do not need to be mapped?
 
-Issue 174: Detect Mason files.
+":q!" should reset modified flag for current buffer, if another buffer is
+modified no need to abandon it again.
+Patch from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 21.
+Update from Hirohito Higashi, 2014 Nov 21.
+With test, Nov 23.
+
+Wrong scrolling when using incsearch.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 Dec 4.
+Is this a good solution?
+
+Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
+functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
+Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
+Second one. Update May 22.
+Update by Daniel Hahler, 2014 Jul 4, Aug 14, Oct 14, Oct 15.
+
+Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
+(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
+
+Patch to add digits argument to round(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2015 Apr 26)
+
+Can assign to s:type when a function s:type has been defined.
+Also the other way around: define a function while a variable with that name
+was already defined.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 3)
+
+Patch for ordered dict. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2015 May 7)
+
+Patch to make closed folds line up. (Charles Campbell, 2014 Sep 12)
+Remark from Roland Eggner: does it cause crashes? (2014 Dec 12)
+Updated patch by Roland Eggner, Dec 16
+Updated patch from Charles, Dec 29.
+
+Patch to open folds for 'incsearch'. (Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jan 6)
+
+Patch for building a 32bit Vim with 64bit MingW compiler.
+(Michael Soyka, 2014 Oct 15)
+
+Delete old code in os_msdos.c, mch_FullName().
+
+Patch: On MS-Windows shellescape() may have to triple double quotes.
+(Ingo Karkat, 2015 Jan 16)
+
+Redo only remembers the last change.  Could use "{count}g." to redo an older
+change.  How does the user know which change?  At least have a way to list
+them: ":repeats".
+
+Patch for glob(), adding slash to normal files. (Ingo Karkat, 2014 Dec 22)
+
+Using "." to repeat an Ex command puts that command in history.  Probably
+should not happen.  If the command is the result of a mapping it's not put in
+history either. (Jacob Niehus, 2014 Nov 2)
+Patch from Jacob, Nov 2.
+
+"hi link" does not respect groups with GUI settings only. (Mark Lodato, 2014
+Jun 8)
+
+Bug: Autocompleting ":tag/pat" replaces "/pat" with a match but does not
+insert a space. (Micha Mos, 2014 Nov 7)
+
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Update Dec 6.
+
+Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
 
 No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
 
-Phpcomplete.vim update. (Complex, 2014 Jan 15)
+Patch to make extend() fail early when it might fail at some point.
+(Olaf Dabrunz, 2015 May 2)  Makes extend() slower, do we still want it?
+Perhaps only the checks that can be done without looping over the dict or
+arguments.
+
+Patch to add :arglocal and :arglists. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2014 Aug 6)
 
 PHP syntax is extremely slow. (Anhad Jai Singh, 2014 Jan 19)
 
@@ -82,18 +352,24 @@ Spell files use a latin single quote. Unicode also has another single quote:
 New OpenOffice spell files support this with ICONV.  But they are not
 compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
 
-Win32: use different args for SearchPath()? (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2009 Jan 30)
-Also fixes wrong result from executable().
-Update from Ken Takata, 2014 Jan 10. Newer 2014 Apr 3.
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24)  Has a problem (email 2015 Jan 7).
+Update 2015 Jan 10.
 
-Win32: use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
-Needs more tests.
+Win32: patch to use 64 bit stat() if possible. (Ken Takata, 2014 May 12)
+More tests May 14. Update May 29.  Update Aug 10.
+
+Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
+right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
+its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
 
 Can we make ":unlet $VAR" use unsetenv() to delete the env var?
 What for systems that don't have unsetenv()?
 
-Patch for problem that v:register is set to '_' after deleting into the black
-hole register.
+Patch to add a :domodeline command. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Oct 21)
+
+Patch to add TabNew, TabNewEntered and TabClosed autocommand events.
+(Felipe Morales, 2015 Feb 1)
 
 This does not give an error: (Andre Sihera, 2014 Mar 21)
     vim -u NONE 1 2 3 -c 'bufdo if 1 | echo 1'
@@ -104,8 +380,10 @@ This neither: (ZyX)
 Change 'viewdir' to "$HOME/vimfiles/view" and use 'viewdiralt' to also read
 from?
 
-Patch to add arglistid(), get the ID of the currently used argument list.
-(Marcin Szamotulski, 2014 Apr 27)
+Problem with upwards search on Windows (works OK on Linux). (Brett Stahlman,
+2014 Jun 8)
+
+Patch to load TCL dynamically. (Ken Takata, 2014 Sep 20)
 
 Include a plugin manager with Vim? Neobundle seems to be the best currently.
 Long message about this from ZyX, 2014 Mar 23.  And following replies.
@@ -144,15 +422,8 @@ Out of scope:
 Setting the spell file in a session only reads the local additions, not the
 normal spell file. (Enno Nagel, 2014 Mar 29)
 
--   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
-    Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
-    Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
-    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
-    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
-    Update by Taylor Hedberg, 2013 May 30.
-    Updated for Vim 7.4 by Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 5.
-    Update by Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 9.  Remarks by Ken Takata.
-    Update by Christian 2014 May 12
+CTRL-] in Visual mode uses the selected text as a tag.  This does not work
+when preceded with CTRL-W. (Patrick Hemmer, 2014 Jun 28)
 
 When typing the first character of a command, e.g. "f", then using a menu, the
 menu item doesn't work.  Clear typeahead when using a menu?
@@ -163,43 +434,52 @@ Editing an ascii file as ucs-2 or ucs-4 causes display errors.
 ":Next 1 some-arg" does not complain about trailing argument.  Also for
 various other commands.  (ZyX, 2014 Mar 30)
 
-VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim.  Use sys$qiow
-instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
-
-Patch for XDG base directory support. (Jean François Bignolles, 2014 Mar 4)
-
-Patch to add flag to shortmess to avoid giving completion messages.
-(Shougo Matsu, 2014 Jan 6, update Jan 11)
-
-Patch to add v:completed_item. (Shougo Matsu, 2013 Nov 29).
-
-Patch to make test 100 work on MS-Windows. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Dec 12)
-
-Patch to define macros for hardcoded values. (Elias Diem, 2013 Dec 14)
+Patch to skip sort if no line matches the expression.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2014 Jun 25)
 
 Patch to add sortuniq(). (Cade Forester, 2014 Mar 19)
 Or add uniq() instead?  Patch by lcd47, but it has problems.
 
-Perl: support for Activestate perl 5.18: Issue 170.
+Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
+30)
+
+Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
+Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
+Or should we add a more general mechanism, like a lambda() function?
+Patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Sep 16.
+
+Patch to fix display of listchars on the cursorline. (Nayuri Aohime, 2013)
+Update suggested by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Nov 25:
+https://gist.github.com/presuku/d3d6b230b9b6dcfc0477
+
+VMS: Select() doesn't work properly, typing ESC may hang Vim.  Use sys$qiow
+instead. (Samuel Ferencik, 2013 Sep 28)
+
+Patch for XDG base directory support. (Jean François Bignolles, 2014 Mar 4)
+Remark on the docs.  Should not be a compile time feature.  But then what?
+
+Completion of ":e" is ":earlier", should be ":edit".  Complete to the matching
+command instead of doing this alphabetically. (Mikel Jorgensen)
+
+Patch to get MSVC version in a nicer way. (Ken Takata, 2014 Jul 24)
+
+Patch to define macros for hardcoded values. (Elias Diem, 2013 Dec 14)
 
 Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
 highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
 
-Patch to fix temp directories for Windows, so that it works without tweaking.
-Issue 28.
-
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
+The undo file name can get too long. (Issue 346)
+For the path use a hash instead of dir%dir%dir%name  hash%name.
+
 Patch to add ":undorecover", get as much text out of the undo file as
-possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12)
+possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12, update Aug 22)
 
 Include Haiku port? (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
 
 Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16)
 
-Some quickfix messages appear twice. (Gary Johnson, 2014 Feb 16)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2014 Feb 17.
-
 Patch to right-align signs. (James Kolb (email james), 2013 Sep 23)
 
 Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
@@ -243,18 +523,9 @@ When evaluating expression in backticks, autoload doesn't work.
 Using <nr>ifoobar<esc> can slow down Vim.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013
 Dec 13.
 
-Fold can't be opened after ":move". (Ein Brown)
-Patch from Christian Brabandt doesn't fix it completely.
-
 Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a
 buffer. (2013 Dec 9)
 
-Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
-(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
-
-":sign-jump" uses first window in buffer instead of current window.
-Patch by James McCoy, 2013 Nov 22.
-
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
@@ -282,19 +553,9 @@ Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
 Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
 
-Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
-Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
-Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
-
-Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
-correctly. Issue 91.
-
 Patch to add {lhs} to :mapclear: clear all maps starting with {lhs}.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Dec 9)
 
-The garbage collector may use too much stack.  Make set_ref_in_item()
-iterative instead of recursive.   Test program by Marc Weber (2013 Dec 10)
-
 Exception caused by argument of return is not caught by try/catch.
 (David Barnett, 2013 Nov 19)
 
@@ -331,16 +592,11 @@ optional. (2013 Jul 12)
 
 Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2)
 
-Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
-functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
-Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
-Second one. Update May 22.
+Patch to check whether a buffer is quickfix or a location list.
+(Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2014 Dec 9)
 
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
-MS-Windows: Patch to make tests copy files to avoid changing the fileformat of
-the files under version control. (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jul 5)
-
 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
 
 -   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
@@ -349,11 +605,6 @@ Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
 
 Bug: findfile("any", "file:///tmp;") does not work.
 
-v:register is not directly reset to " after a delete command that specifies a
-register.  It is reset after the next command. (Steve Vermeulen, 2013 Mar 16)
-
-'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
-
 Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
 Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
 
@@ -392,17 +643,6 @@ signs?  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Aug 22.
 
 Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
 
-Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'renderoptions'
-option.  (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25, update 2013 Apr 3, May 14)
-Fixes this problem:
-8   Win32: Multi-byte characters are not displayed, even though the same font
-    in Notepad can display them. (Srinath Avadhanula)  Try with the
-    UTF-8-demo.txt page with Andale Mono.
-
-Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
-insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
-Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
-
 Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
 
 b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
@@ -424,15 +664,10 @@ Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
 Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
 But use Gnome instead of GTK?
 
-Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
-Saito, 2013 Apr 24)
-
 Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
 Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
 Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
 
-Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
-
 Session file creation: 'autochdir' causes trouble.  Keep it off until after
 loading all files.
 
@@ -441,7 +676,7 @@ line are opened again, but from the wrong directory.  Apply 'autochdir' only
 after starting up?
 
 Patch to add ":ldo" and ":cdo", execute commands over quickfix list and
-location list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 Jun 2)
+location list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 Jun 2, update 2015 Mar 21)
 
 8   "stl" and "stlnc" in 'fillchars' don't work for multi-byte characters.
     Patch by Christian Wellenbrock, 2013 Jul 5.
@@ -453,6 +688,14 @@ MS-Windows resizing problems:
   causes the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan
   12) Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
 
+Patch to use Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen, 2010 Jul 30)
+Latest version: 2011 May 18 
+8   Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see
+    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
+    Version from Guopeng Wen that does this (2010 Dec 27)
+Alternative: MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
+Or the one on Issue 279
+
 'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
 
 Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
@@ -473,11 +716,18 @@ Aug 16)
 When there are no command line arguments ":next" and ":argu" give E163, which
 is confusing.  Should say "the argument list is empty".
 
+xterm supports escape sequences to mark a paste operation.  Need to be
+enabled. (Bruno Sutic, 2014 Jul 11)  How to know the terminal supports this?
+
 URXVT:
 - will get stuck if byte sequence does not contain the expected semicolon.
 - Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm.  Explanations:
   http://www.midnight-commander.org/ticket/2662
 
+Patch to have the fold and sign column and at the last line of the buffer.
+(Marco Hinz, 2014 Sep 25)
+Alternate suggestion: let all columns continue, also the number column.
+
 Patch to add tests for if_xcmdsrv.c., Jul 8, need some more work. (Brian Burns)
 New tests Jul 13.   Update Jul 17.  Discussion Jul 18.
 
@@ -553,6 +803,9 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
+The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
+support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)
+
 'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
 highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
 
@@ -608,7 +861,8 @@ Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
 
-Patch for variable tabstops.
+Patch for variable tabstops.  On github (Christian Brabandt, 2014 May 15)
+Update Aug 16 (email).
 
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
@@ -650,9 +904,6 @@ Build problem with small features on Mac OS X 10.6. (Rainer, 2011 Jan 24)
 
 "0g@$" puts '] on last byte of multi-byte. (ZyX, 2011 Jan 22)
 
-Patch to support sorting on floating point number.  (Alex Jakushev, 2010 Oct
-30)
-
 Patch to addd TextDeletePost and TextYankPost events. (Philippe Vaucher, 2011
 May 24)  Update May 26.
 
@@ -679,6 +930,10 @@ Need for CursorHold that retriggers.  Use a key that doesn't do anything, or a
 function that resets did_cursorhold.
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 May 6.
 
+Add event for when the text scrolls.  A bit like CursorMoved.  Also a similar
+one for insert mode.  Use the event in matchparen to update the highlight if
+the match scrolls into view.
+
 7   Use "++--", "+++--" for different levels instead of "+---" "+----".
 Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jul 27.
 Update by Ben Fritz, with fix for TOhtml. (2011 Jul 30)
@@ -766,9 +1021,6 @@ names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
-Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
-26, update 2013 Dec 14)
-
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
 
@@ -782,10 +1034,6 @@ setpos() does not restore cursor position after :normal. (Tyru, 2010 Aug 11)
     file names unique, also support this for 'backupdir'. (Mikolaj Machowski)
     Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Oct 21.
 
-getpos()/setpos() don't include curswant.  getpos() could return a fifth
-element.  setpos() could accept an optional fifth element.
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.  Again 2013 Aug 22.
-
 With "tw=55 fo+=a" typing space before ) doesn't work well. (Scott Mcdermott,
 2010 Oct 24)
 
@@ -821,9 +1069,6 @@ Patch for GVimExt to show an icon. (Dominik Riebeling, 2010 Nov 7)
 When writing a file > 2Gbyte, the reported number of bytes is negative.
 (Antonio Colombo, 2010 Dec 18)
 
-Patch: Let rare word highlighting overrule good word highlighting.
-(Jakson A. Aquino, 2010 Jul 30, again 2011 Jul 2)
-
 When 'lines' is 25 and 'scrolloff' is 12, "j" scrolls zero or two lines
 instead of one. (Constantin Pan, 2010 Sep 10)
 
@@ -940,6 +1185,12 @@ to avoid changing 'eventignore'?
 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6)
 Probably needs a bit of work.
 
+Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2)
+Added test, updates, June 23.
+Updated for 7.4: http://litcave.rudi.ir/farsi_vim.diff
+With modification for Tatweel character: https://dpaste.de/VmFw
+Remark from Ameretat Reith (2014 Oct 13)
+
 List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiwara, 2009 Jul 18)
 Are they all OK?  Update Jul 22.
 
@@ -958,10 +1209,6 @@ on the first character. (John Beckett, 2010 Aug 7)
 Setting 'tags' to "tagsdir/*" does not find "tagsdir/tags". (Steven K. Wong,
 2009 Jul 18)
 
-Patch to add farsi handling to arabic.c (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 2)
-Added test, updates, June 23.
-Updated for 7.4: http://litcave.rudi.ir/farsi_vim.diff
-
 Patch to add "focusonly" to 'scrollopt', so that scrollbind also applies in
 window that doesn't have focus. (Jonathon Mah, 2009 Jan 12)
 Needs more work.
@@ -1230,6 +1477,7 @@ Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
 
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
 2008 May 14)
+Possibly related problem: Alexey Muranov, 2015 Apr 2
 
 Problem with CTRL-F. (Charles Campbell, 2008 March 21)
 Only happens with "gvim -geometry "160x26+4+27" -u NONE -U NONE prop.c".
@@ -1323,10 +1571,6 @@ Jul 31)
 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error.
 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1)
 
-Can't easily close the help window, like ":pc" closes the preview window and
-":ccl" closes the quickfix window.  Add ":hclose". (Chris Gaal)
-Patch for :helpclose, Christian Brabandt, 2010 Sep 6.
-
 When 'diffopt' has "context:0" a single deleted line causes two folds to merge
 and mess up syncing. (Austin Jennings, 2008 Jan 31)
 
@@ -1400,8 +1644,8 @@ files with "foo/**" in 'path'.  (Kalisiak, 2006 July 15)
 Additional info: When using the |wildcards| ** globing, vim hangs
 indefinitely on lots of directories. The |file-searching| globing, like in
 ":set path=/**" does not hang as often as with globing with |wildcards|, like
-in ":1find /**/file".  This is for a files that unix "find" can find very
-quick. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian
+in ":1find /**/file".  This is for files that unix "find" can find very
+quickly. Merging the 2 kinds of globing might make this an easier fix. (Ian
 Kelling, 2008 July 4)
 
 When the file name has parenthesis, e.g., "foo (bar).txt", ":!ls '%'" has the
@@ -1433,13 +1677,6 @@ with "gvim -nb:localhost:55555:foo".  From nc do: '1:editFile!0 "foo"'.  Then
 go to Insert mode and add a few lines.  Then backspacing every other time
 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25)
 
-Patch to use Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen, 2010 Jul 30)
-Latest version: 2011 May 18
-8   Windows install with NSIS: make it possible to do a silent install, see
-    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
-    Version from Guopeng Wen that does this (2010 Dec 27)
-Alternative: MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
-
 Windows installer should install 32-bit version of right-click handler also on
 64-bit systems. (Brian Cunningham, 2011 Dec 28)
 
@@ -1463,8 +1700,6 @@ Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 Win32: Can't complete shell command names.  Why is setting xp_context in
 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME?
 
-Win32: Patch for convert_filterW(). (Taro Muraoka, 2007 Mar 2)
-
 Win32: Patch for cscope external command. (Mike Williams, 2007 Aug 7)
 
 Win32: XPM support only works with path without spaces.  Patch by Mathias
@@ -1503,12 +1738,6 @@ Check for this and use iconv?  (Edward L. Fox, 2007 Sep 12)
 Does the conversion in the other direction work when 'fileencodings' is set
 properly?
 
-Add a few features to xxd. (Vadim Vygonets, 2013 Nov 11)
-Patches: 2013 Nov 19
-1: Add -e: little endian hexdump
-2: Add -o: add offset to displayed position
-3: Change displayed file position width to 8 chars
-
 Cursor displayed in the wrong position when using 'numberwidth'. (James Vega,
 2007 Jun 21)
 
@@ -1855,6 +2084,10 @@ restored. (Luc St-Louis)
 Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 2010 Jun 30)
 
+Add an option for a minimal text length before inserting a line break for
+'textwidth'.  Avoids very short lines when a very long word follows.
+(Kartik Agaram)
+
 
 At next release:
 -   Build a huge version by default.
@@ -1893,7 +2126,7 @@ More patches:
 -   testdir/Make_dos_sh.mak for running tests with MingW. (Bill Mccarthy, 2008
     Sep 13)
 -   Patch for adding "space" item in 'listchars'. (Jérémie Roquet, 2009 Oct 29,
-    Docs patch Oct 30, update David Burgin (glts) 2013 Aug 24)
+    Docs patch Oct 30, update David Burgin (glts) 2013 Aug 24, 2014 Oct 10)
 -   Replace ccomplete.vim by cppcomplete.vim from www.vim.org?  script 1520 by
     Vissale Neang.  (Martin Stubenschrott) Asked Vissale to make the scripts
     more friendly for the Vim distribution.
@@ -1949,8 +2182,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 			Search in 'runtimepath'?
 			More docs needed about how to use this.
 			How to get the messages into the .po files?
-    strchars()		Like strlen() and strwidth() but counting characters
-			instead of bytes.
     confirm()		add "flags" argument, with 'v' for vertical
 			    layout and 'c' for console dialog. (Haegg)
 			    Flemming Madsen has a patch for the 'c' flag
@@ -3022,6 +3253,8 @@ Spell checking:
 
 
 Diff mode:
+9   When making small changes, e.g. deleting a character, update the diff.
+    Possibly without running diff.
 9   Instead invoking an external diff program, use builtin code.  One can be
     found here: http://www.ioplex.com/~miallen/libmba/dl/src/diff.c
     It's quite big and badly documented though.
@@ -3916,7 +4149,6 @@ Autocommands:
 		      when exiting isn't a good idea.
     CursorHoldC     - CursorHold while command-line editing
     WinMoved	    - when windows have been moved around, e.g, ":wincmd J"
-    CmdUndefined    - Like FuncUndefined but for user commands.
     SearchPost	    - After doing a search command (e.g. to do "M")
     PreDirChanged/PostDirChanged
 		    - Before/after ":cd" has been used (for changing the
@@ -4499,7 +4731,6 @@ Searching:
     should be ignored (like "*/" or "#endif" inside /* */).
     Also: use "%" to jump from start to end of syntax region and back.
     Alternative: use matchit.vim
-8   "/:/e+1" gets stuck on a match at the end of the line.  Do we care?
 8   A pattern like "\([^a]\+\)\+" takes an awful long time.  Recognize that
     the recursive "\+" is meaningless and optimize for it.
     This one is also very slow on "/* some comment */": "^\/\*\(.*[^/]\)*$".
@@ -4926,8 +5157,6 @@ Argument list:
 
 Registers:
 8   Don't display empty registers with ":display". (Etienne)
-8   Make the # register writable, so that it can be restored after jumping
-    around in windows.
 8   Add put command that overwrites existing text.  Should also work for
     blocks.  Useful to move text around in a table.  Works like using "R ^R r"
     for every line.

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ child, you should have the intention to do this for at least one year.
 
 How do you know that the money will be spent right?  First of all you have my
 personal guarantee as the author of Vim.  I trust the people that are working
-at the centre, I know them personally.  Further more, the centre has been
+at the centre, I know them personally.  Furthermore, the centre has been
 co-sponsored and inspected by World Vision, Save the Children Fund and is now
 under the supervision of Pacific Academy Outreach Society.  The centre is
 visited about once a year to check the progress (at our own cost).  I have

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Sep 08
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ change but joins in with the previous change use this command:
 			or redo.
 			{not in Vi}
 
-This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway a change.  For
-example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was a
-related change before this that you must join with.
+This is most useful when you need to prompt the user halfway through a change.
+For example in a function that calls |getchar()|.  Do make sure that there was
+a related change before this that you must join with.
 
 This doesn't work by itself, because the next key press will start a new
 change again.  But you can do something like this: >

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*usr_02.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 12
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -527,9 +527,11 @@ Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
 	:help subject()
 <		Function "subject". >
 	:help -subject
-<		Command-line option "-subject". >
+<		Command-line argument "-subject". >
 	:help +subject
 <		Compile-time feature "+subject". >
+	:help /*
+<		Regular expression item "*" >
 	:help EventName
 <		Autocommand event "EventName". >
 	:help digraphs.txt

runtime/doc/usr_03.txt

@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ MATCHING ANY SINGLE CHARACTER
 
 The . (dot) character matches any existing character.  For example, the
 pattern "c.m" matches a string whose first character is a c, whose second
-character is anything, and whose the third character is m.  Example:
+character is anything, and whose third character is m.  Example:
 
 	We use a computer that became the cummin winter. ~
 		 xxx		 xxx	  xxx

runtime/doc/usr_04.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2008 Sep 06
+*usr_04.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ commands:
 	/four<Enter>	find the first string "four"
 	cwfive<Esc>	change the word to "five"
 	n		find the next "four"
-	.		repeat the change to "five'
+	.		repeat the change to "five"
 	n		find the next "four"
 	.		repeat the change
 			etc.

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2006 Jul 18
+*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Jul 06
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ window.  And you will notice a bar at the top with the two file names:
 
 You now have two tab pages.  The first one has a window for "thisfile" and the
 second one a window for "thatfile".  It's like two pages that are on top of
-eachother, with a tab sticking out of each page showing the file name.
+each other, with a tab sticking out of each page showing the file name.
 
 Now use the mouse to click on "thisfile" in the top line.  The result is
 

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*usr_25.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Oct 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ the cursor keys: >
 	:map <Down> gj
 
 
-TURNING A PARAGRAPH INTO ONE LINE
+TURNING A PARAGRAPH INTO ONE LINE			*edit-paragraph-join*
 
 If you want to import text into a program like MS-Word, each paragraph should
 be a single line.  If your paragraphs are currently separated with empty

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Apr 05
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 16
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -708,6 +708,7 @@ Cursor and mark position:		*cursor-functions* *mark-functions*
 	cursor()		position the cursor at a line/column
 	screencol()		get screen column of the cursor
 	screenrow()		get screen row of the cursor
+	getcurpos()		get position of the cursor
 	getpos()		get position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	setpos()		set position of cursor, mark, etc.
 	byte2line()		get line number at a specific byte count
@@ -772,6 +773,7 @@ Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	argc()			number of entries in the argument list
 	argidx()		current position in the argument list
+	arglistid()		get id of the argument list
 	argv()			get one entry from the argument list
 	bufexists()		check if a buffer exists
 	buflisted()		check if a buffer exists and is listed
@@ -791,6 +793,7 @@ Command line:					*command-line-functions*
 	getcmdpos()		get position of the cursor in the command line
 	setcmdpos()		set position of the cursor in the command line
 	getcmdtype()		return the current command-line type
+	getcmdwintype()		return the current command-line window type
 
 Quickfix and location lists:			*quickfix-functions*
 	getqflist()		list of quickfix errors
@@ -825,6 +828,7 @@ Syntax and highlighting:	  *syntax-functions* *highlighting-functions*
 	synconcealed()		get info about concealing
 	diff_hlID()		get highlight ID for diff mode at a position
 	matchadd()		define a pattern to highlight (a "match")
+	matchaddpos()		define a list of positions to highlight
 	matcharg()		get info about |:match| arguments
 	matchdelete()		delete a match defined by |matchadd()| or a
 				|:match| command

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 May 02
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -337,6 +337,7 @@ N  *+dialog_con*	Support for |:confirm| with console dialog.
 N  *+dialog_con_gui*	Support for |:confirm| with GUI and console dialog.
 N  *+diff*		|vimdiff| and 'diff'
 N  *+digraphs*		|digraphs| *E196*
+m  *+directx*		Win32 GUI only: DirectX and |'renderoptions'|
    *+dnd*		Support for DnD into the "~ register |quote_~|.
 B  *+emacs_tags*	|emacs-tags| files
 N  *+eval*		expression evaluation |eval.txt|
@@ -379,6 +380,7 @@ N  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_jsbterm*	JSB mouse handling |jsbterm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Jul 28
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7816,7 +7816,7 @@ Files:	    src/buffer.c, src/eval.c, src/ex_docmd.c, src/fileio.c,
 Patch 6.1.212
 Problem:    When Vim was started with "-R" ":new" creates a buffer
 	    'noreadonly' while ":enew" has 'readonly' set. (Preben Guldberg)
-Solution:   Don't set 'readonly in a new empty buffer for ":enew".
+Solution:   Don't set 'readonly' in a new empty buffer for ":enew".
 Files:	    src/ex_docmd.c
 
 Patch 6.1.213

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Nov 18
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Aug 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1626,10 +1626,10 @@ and merge it back in.
 When running the tests and one of them fails to produce "test.out" the
 following tests are still executed.  This helps when running out of memory.
 
-When compiling with EXITFREE defined and the ccmalloc library it is possible
-to detect memory leaks.  Some memory will always reported as leaked, such as
-allocated by X11 library functions and the memory allocated in alloc_cmdbuff()
-to store the ":quit" command.
+When compiling with EXITFREE defined and the ccmalloc library, it is possible
+to detect memory leaks.  Some memory will always be reported as leaked, such
+as allocated by X11 library functions and the memory allocated in
+alloc_cmdbuff() to store the ":quit" command.
 
 Moved the code for printing to src/hardcopy.c.
 
@@ -2038,8 +2038,8 @@ Removed the "COUNT" flag from ":argadd", to avoid ":argadd 1*" to be used like
 
 Avoid that $LANG is used for the menus when LC_MESSAGES is "en_US".
 
-Added backslashes before dashes in the vim.1 manual page to make the appear as
-real dashes. (Pierr Habouzit)
+Added backslashes before dashes in the vim.1 manual page to make them appear
+as real dashes. (Pierre Habouzit)
 
 Where "gq" left the cursor depended on the value of 'formatprg'.  Now "gq"
 always leaves the cursor at the last line of the formatted text.
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ detection may try to check the contents of the file while it's still
 compressed.  Skip setting 'filetype' for compressed files until they have been
 decompressed.  Required for patterns that end in a "*".
 
-Starting with an argument "+cmd" or "-S script" causes the cursor the be moved
+Starting with an argument "+cmd" or "-S script" causes the cursor to be moved
 to the first line.  That breaks a BufReadPost autocommand that uses g`".
 Don't move the cursor if it's somewhere past the first line.
 
@@ -6485,7 +6485,7 @@ Patch 7.1.282 (extra)
 Problem:    Win64: Edit with Vim context menu isn't installed correctly.
 	    Compiler warnings and a few other things.
 Solution:   Add [ and ] to entry of class name.  Use UINT_PTR instead of UINT.
-	    And a fixes for the other things. (George V.  Reilly)
+	    And fixes for other things. (George V.  Reilly)
 Files:	    src/GvimExt/Makefile, src/dosinst.c, src/if_ole.cpp, src/if_ole.h,
 	    src/if_ole.idl, src/INSTALLpc.txt,  src/Make_mvc.mak,
 	    src/os_win32.c,
@@ -15783,7 +15783,7 @@ Files:	    src/if_py_both.h, src/if_python3.c, src/testdir/test86.in,
 	    src/testdir/test87.ok
 
 Patch 7.3.944
-Problem:    External program receives the termrespone.
+Problem:    External program receives the termresponse.
 Solution:   Insert a delay and discard input. (Hayaki Saito)
 Files:	    src/term.c
 

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ For the first file the cursor will be positioned on line "num".
 If "num" is missing, the cursor will be positioned on the last line.
 .TP
 +/{pat}
-For the first file the cursor will be positioned on the
+For the first file the cursor will be positioned in the line with the
 first occurrence of {pat}.
 See ":help search\-pattern" for the available search patterns.
 .TP

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 25
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -263,28 +263,57 @@ left of the Vim window.
 Closing a window
 ----------------
 
+:q[uit]
+:{count}q[uit]
 CTRL-W q						*CTRL-W_q*
 CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
-:q[uit]		Quit current window.  When quitting the last window (not
-		counting a help window), exit Vim.
+		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
+		given quit the {count} window.
+
+		When quitting the last window (not counting a help window),
+		exit Vim.
+		
 		When 'hidden' is set, and there is only one window for the
-		current buffer, it becomes hidden.
-		When 'hidden' is not set, and there is only one window for the
-		current buffer, and the buffer was changed, the command fails.
-		(Note: CTRL-Q does not work on all terminals)
+		current buffer, it becomes hidden.  When 'hidden' is not set,
+		and there is only one window for the current buffer, and the
+		buffer was changed, the command fails.
+		
+		(Note: CTRL-Q does not work on all terminals).
+		
+		If [count] is greater than the last window number the last
+		window will be closed: >
+		    :1quit  " quit the first window
+		    :$quit  " quit the last window
+		    :9quit  " quit the last window
+			     " if there are less than 9 windows opened
+		    :-quit  " quit the previews window
+		    :+quit  " quit the next window
+		    :+2quit " quit the second next window
+<
+:q[uit]!
+:{count}q[uit]!
+		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
+		given quit the {count} window.
 
-:q[uit]!	Quit current window.  If this was the last window for a buffer,
-		any changes to that buffer are lost.  When quitting the last
-		window (not counting help windows), exit Vim.  The contents of
-		the buffer are lost, even when 'hidden' is set.
+		If this was the last window for a buffer, any changes to that
+		buffer are lost.  When quitting the last window (not counting
+		help windows), exit Vim.  The contents of the buffer are lost,
+		even when 'hidden' is set.
 
+:clo[se][!]
+:{count}clo[se][!]
 CTRL-W c					*CTRL-W_c* *:clo* *:close*
-:clo[se][!]	Close current window.  When the 'hidden' option is set, or
-		when the buffer was changed and the [!] is used, the buffer
-		becomes hidden (unless there is another window editing it).
+		Without {count}: Close the current window.  If {count} is
+		given close the {count} window.
+
+		When the 'hidden' option is set, or when the buffer was
+		changed and the [!] is used, the buffer becomes hidden (unless
+		there is another window editing it).
+		
 		When there is only one window in the current tab page and
 		there is another tab page, this closes the current tab page.
 		|tab-page|.
+
 		This command fails when:			*E444*
 		- There is only one window on the screen.
 		- When 'hidden' is not set, [!] is not used, the buffer has
@@ -298,14 +327,19 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-C						*CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
 		command.
 
 							*:hide*
-:hid[e]		Quit current window, unless it is the last window on the
-		screen.  The buffer becomes hidden (unless there is another
-		window editing it or 'bufhidden' is "unload" or "delete").
+:hid[e]
+:{count}hid[e]
+		Quit the current window, unless it is the last window on the
+		screen.  For {count} see |:quit| command.
+		
+		The buffer becomes hidden (unless there is another window
+		editing it or 'bufhidden' is "unload", "delete" or "wipe").
 		If the window is the last one in the current tab page the tab
-		page is closed. |tab-page|
-		The value of 'hidden' is irrelevant for this command.
-		Changes to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so
-		this is a "safe" command.
+		page is closed.  |tab-page| 
+		
+		The value of 'hidden' is irrelevant for this command.  Changes
+		to the buffer are not written and won't get lost, so this is a
+		"safe" command.
 
 :hid[e] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} with 'hidden' is set.  The previous value of
 		'hidden' is restored after {cmd} has been executed.
@@ -314,12 +348,16 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-C						*CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
 <		This will edit "Makefile", and hide the current buffer if it
 		has any changes.
 
+:on[ly][!]
+:{count}on[ly][!]
 CTRL-W o						*CTRL-W_o* *E445*
 CTRL-W CTRL-O					*CTRL-W_CTRL-O* *:on* *:only*
-:on[ly][!]	Make the current window the only one on the screen.  All other
-		windows are closed.
+		Make the current window the only one on the screen.  All other
+		windows are closed.  For {count} see |:quit| command.
+		
 		When the 'hidden' option is set, all buffers in closed windows
 		become hidden.
+		
 		When 'hidden' is not set, and the 'autowrite' option is set,
 		modified buffers are written.  Otherwise, windows that have
 		buffers that are modified are not removed, unless the [!] is
@@ -660,8 +698,9 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 8. Do a command in all buffers or windows			*list-repeat*
 
 							*:windo*
-:windo {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each window.
-			It works like doing this: >
+:[range]windo {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each window or if [range] is given
+			only in windows for which the window number lies in
+			the [range].  It works like doing this: >
 				CTRL-W t
 				:{cmd}
 				CTRL-W w
@@ -679,8 +718,10 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 			Also see |:tabdo|, |:argdo| and |:bufdo|.
 
 							*:bufdo*
-:bufdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each buffer in the buffer list.
-			It works like doing this: >
+:[range]bufdo[!] {cmd}	Execute {cmd} in each buffer in the buffer list or if
+			[range] is given only for buffers for which their
+			buffer numer is in the [range].  It works like doing
+			this: >
 				:bfirst
 				:{cmd}
 				:bnext
@@ -726,18 +767,21 @@ the buffer.  The result is that all buffers will use the 'encoding' encoding
 
 CTRL-W ]					*CTRL-W_]* *CTRL-W_CTRL-]*
 CTRL-W CTRL-]	Split current window in two.  Use identifier under cursor as a
-		tag and jump to it in the new upper window.  Make new window N
-		high.
+		tag and jump to it in the new upper window.
+		In Visual mode uses the Visually selected text as a tag.
+		Make new window N high.
 
 							*CTRL-W_g]*
 CTRL-W g ]	Split current window in two.  Use identifier under cursor as a
 		tag and perform ":tselect" on it in the new upper window.
+		In Visual mode uses the Visually selected text as a tag.
 		Make new window N high.
 
 							*CTRL-W_g_CTRL-]*
 CTRL-W g CTRL-]	Split current window in two.  Use identifier under cursor as a
-		tag and perform ":tjump" on it in the new upper window.  Make
-		new window N high.
+		tag and perform ":tjump" on it in the new upper window.
+		In Visual mode uses the Visually selected text as a tag.
+		Make new window N high.
 
 CTRL-W f					*CTRL-W_f* *CTRL-W_CTRL-F*
 CTRL-W CTRL-F	Split current window in two.  Edit file name under cursor.
@@ -954,8 +998,8 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		(the term "unlisted" is a bit confusing then...).
 
 		Each buffer has a unique number.  That number will not change,
-		so you can always go to a specific buffer with ":buffer N" or
-		"N CTRL-^", where N is the buffer number.
+		thus you can always go to a specific buffer with ":buffer N"
+		or "N CTRL-^", where N is the buffer number.
 
 		Indicators (chars in the same column are mutually exclusive):
 		u	an unlisted buffer (only displayed when [!] is used)
@@ -989,7 +1033,11 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		Actually, the buffer isn't completely deleted, it is removed
 		from the buffer list |unlisted-buffer| and option values,
 		variables and mappings/abbreviations for the buffer are
-		cleared.
+		cleared. Examples: >
+		    :.,$-bdelete    " delete buffers from the current one to
+				    " last but one
+		    :%bdelete	    " delete all buffers
+<
 
 :bdelete[!] {bufname}						*E93* *E94*
 		Like ":bdelete[!] [N]", but buffer given by name.  Note that a
@@ -1013,7 +1061,11 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		Like |:bdelete|, but really delete the buffer.  Everything
 		related to the buffer is lost.  All marks in this buffer
 		become invalid, option settings are lost, etc.  Don't use this
-		unless you know what you are doing.
+		unless you know what you are doing. Examples: >
+		    :.+,$bwipeout   " wipe out all buffers after the current
+				    " one
+		    :%bwipeout	    " wipe out all buffers
+<
 
 :[N]bun[load][!]				*:bun* *:bunload* *E515*
 :bun[load][!] [N]
@@ -1042,36 +1094,41 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		a number).  Insert a backslash before a space in a buffer
 		name.
 
-:[N]b[uffer][!] [N]			*:b* *:bu* *:buf* *:buffer* *E86*
+:[N]b[uffer][!] [+cmd] [N]		*:b* *:bu* *:buf* *:buffer* *E86*
 		Edit buffer [N] from the buffer list.  If [N] is not given,
 		the current buffer remains being edited.  See |:buffer-!| for
 		[!].  This will also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer
 		list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]b[uffer][!] {bufname}
+:[N]b[uffer][!] [+cmd] {bufname}
 		Edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer list.  See
 		|:buffer-!| for [!].  This will also edit a buffer that is not
 		in the buffer list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]sb[uffer] [N]					*:sb* *:sbuffer*
+:[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] [N]				*:sb* *:sbuffer*
 		Split window and edit buffer [N] from the buffer list.  If [N]
 		is not given, the current buffer is edited.  Respects the
 		"useopen" setting of 'switchbuf' when splitting.  This will
 		also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer list, without
 		setting the 'buflisted' flag.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]sb[uffer] {bufname}
+:[N]sb[uffer] [+cmd] {bufname}
 		Split window and edit buffer for {bufname} from the buffer
 		list.  This will also edit a buffer that is not in the buffer
 		list, without setting the 'buflisted' flag.
 		Note: If what you want to do is split the buffer, make a copy
 		under another name, you can do it this way: >
 			:w foobar | sp #
+<		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]bn[ext][!] [N]					*:bn* *:bnext* *E87*
+:[N]bn[ext][!] [+cmd] [N]				*:bn* *:bnext* *E87*
 		Go to [N]th next buffer in buffer list.  [N] defaults to one.
 		Wraps around the end of the buffer list.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 		If you are in a help buffer, this takes you to the next help
 		buffer (if there is one).  Similarly, if you are in a normal
 		(non-help) buffer, this takes you to the next normal buffer.
@@ -1079,55 +1136,61 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		the way when you're browsing code/text buffers.  The next three
 		commands also work like this.
 
+
 							*:sbn* *:sbnext*
-:[N]sbn[ext] [N]
+:[N]sbn[ext] [+cmd] [N]
 		Split window and go to [N]th next buffer in buffer list.
 		Wraps around the end of the buffer list.  Uses 'switchbuf'
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]bN[ext][!] [N]			*:bN* *:bNext* *:bp* *:bprevious* *E88*
-:[N]bp[revious][!] [N]
+:[N]bN[ext][!] [+cmd] [N]		*:bN* *:bNext* *:bp* *:bprevious* *E88*
+:[N]bp[revious][!] [+cmd] [N]
 		Go to [N]th previous buffer in buffer list.  [N] defaults to
 		one.  Wraps around the start of the buffer list.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!] and 'switchbuf'.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-:[N]sbN[ext] [N]			*:sbN* *:sbNext* *:sbp* *:sbprevious*
-:[N]sbp[revious] [N]
+:[N]sbN[ext] [+cmd] [N]			*:sbN* *:sbNext* *:sbp* *:sbprevious*
+:[N]sbp[revious] [+cmd] [N]
 		Split window and go to [N]th previous buffer in buffer list.
 		Wraps around the start of the buffer list.
 		Uses 'switchbuf'.
+		Also see ||+cmd|.
 
-							*:br* *:brewind*
-:br[ewind][!]	Go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
+:br[ewind][!] [+cmd]					*:br* *:brewind*
+		Go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
 		empty, go to the first unlisted buffer.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
 
-							*:bf* *:bfirst*
-:bf[irst]	Same as ":brewind".
+:bf[irst] [+cmd]					*:bf* *:bfirst*
+		Same as |:brewind|.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
-							*:sbr* *:sbrewind*
-:sbr[ewind]	Split window and go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the
+:sbr[ewind] [+cmd]					*:sbr* *:sbrewind*
+		Split window and go to first buffer in buffer list.  If the
 		buffer list is empty, go to the first unlisted buffer.
 		Respects the 'switchbuf' option.
+		Also see |+cmd|.
 
-							*:sbf* *:sbfirst*
-:sbf[irst]	Same as ":sbrewind".
+:sbf[irst] [+cmd]					*:sbf* *:sbfirst*
+		Same as ":sbrewind".
 
-							*:bl* *:blast*
-:bl[ast][!]	Go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
+:bl[ast][!] [+cmd]					*:bl* *:blast*
+		Go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the buffer list is
 		empty, go to the last unlisted buffer.
 		See |:buffer-!| for [!].
 
-							*:sbl* *:sblast*
-:sbl[ast]	Split window and go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the
+:sbl[ast] [+cmd]					*:sbl* *:sblast*
+		Split window and go to last buffer in buffer list.  If the
 		buffer list is empty, go to the last unlisted buffer.
 		Respects 'switchbuf' option.
 
-:[N]bm[odified][!] [N]				*:bm* *:bmodified* *E84*
+:[N]bm[odified][!] [+cmd] [N]			*:bm* *:bmodified* *E84*
 		Go to [N]th next modified buffer.  Note: this command also
 		finds unlisted buffers.  If there is no modified buffer the
 		command fails.
 
-:[N]sbm[odified] [N]					*:sbm* *:sbmodified*
+:[N]sbm[odified] [+cmd] [N]				*:sbm* *:sbmodified*
 		Split window and go to [N]th next modified buffer.
 		Respects 'switchbuf' option.
 		Note: this command also finds buffers not in the buffer list.

runtime/doc/xxd.1

@@ -76,6 +76,16 @@ Change the character encoding in the righthand column from ASCII to EBCDIC.
 This does not change the hexadecimal representation. The option is
 meaningless in combinations with \-r, \-p or \-i.
 .TP
+.IR \-e
+Switch to little-endian hexdump.
+This option treats byte groups as words in little-endian byte order.
+The default grouping of 4 bytes may be changed using
+.RI "" \-g .
+This option only applies to hexdump, leaving the ASCII (or EBCDIC)
+representation unchanged.
+The command line switches
+\-r, \-p, \-i do not work with this mode.
+.TP
 .IR "\-g bytes " | " \-groupsize bytes"
 separate the output of every
 .RI < bytes >
@@ -84,7 +94,7 @@ Specify
 .I \-g 0
 to suppress grouping.
 .RI < Bytes "> defaults to " 2
-in normal mode and \fI1\fP in bits mode.
+in normal mode, \fI4\fP in little-endian mode and \fI1\fP in bits mode.
 Grouping does not apply to postscript or include style.
 .TP
 .IR \-h " | " \-help
@@ -99,6 +109,11 @@ stop after writing
 .RI  < len >
 octets.
 .TP
+.I \-o offset
+add
+.RI < offset >
+to the displayed file position.
+.TP
 .IR \-p " | " \-ps " | " \-postscript " | " \-plain
 output in postscript continuous hexdump style. Also known as plain hexdump
 style.

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Feb 26
+" Last Change:	2015 Jun 06
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
 	\ endif
 
 " Clojure
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs		setf clojure
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs,*.cljx,*.cljc		setf clojure
 
 " Cmake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead CMakeLists.txt,*.cmake,*.cmake.in		setf cmake
@@ -530,6 +530,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 " CUDA  Cumpute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu			setf cuda
 
+" Dockerfile
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile		setf dockerfile
+
 " WildPackets EtherPeek Decoder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcd			setf dcd
 
@@ -773,12 +776,14 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/MERGE_MSG		setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead COMMIT_EDITMSG		setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead MERGE_MSG			setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/*/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/*/config	setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config	setf gitconfig
+if !empty($XDG_CONFIG_HOME)
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/config	setf gitconfig
+endif
 au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
       \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
@@ -811,6 +816,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
 
+" Go (Google)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.go			setf go
+
 " GrADS scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gs			setf grads
 
@@ -864,7 +872,7 @@ func! s:FThtml()
       setf xhtml
       return
     endif
-    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\)\>'
+    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\|load\)\>'
       setf htmldjango
       return
     endif
@@ -989,7 +997,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
 " JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.json   setf javascript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx   setf javascript
 
 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -1007,12 +1015,18 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph
 " Jovial
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
 
+" JSON
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp		setf json
+
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
 
 " Kimwitu[++]
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.k			setf kwt
 
+" Kivy
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kv			setf kivy
+
 " KDE script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ks			setf kscript
 
@@ -1037,6 +1051,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ldif			setf ldif
 " Ld loader
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ld			setf ld
 
+" Less
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.less			setf less
+
 " Lex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lex,*.l,*.lxx,*.l++	setf lex
 
@@ -1092,6 +1109,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lou,*.lout		setf lout
 " Lua
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lua			setf lua
 
+" Luarocks
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rockspec		setf lua
+
 " Linden Scripting Language (Second Life)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lsl			setf lsl
 
@@ -1136,10 +1156,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mv,*.mpl,*.mws		setf maple
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.map			setf map
 
 " Markdown
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,README.md  setf markdown
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,*.md  setf markdown
 
 " Mason
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml		setf mason
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml,*.comp	setf mason
 
 " Matlab or Objective C
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m			call s:FTm()
@@ -1228,8 +1248,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mod
 	\   setf modsim3 |
 	\ endif
 
-" Modula 2
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m2,*.DEF,*.MOD,*.md,*.mi setf modula2
+" Modula 2  (.md removed in favor of Markdown)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.m2,*.DEF,*.MOD,*.mi	setf modula2
 
 " Modula 3 (.m3, .i3, .mg, .ig)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[mi][3g]		setf modula3
@@ -1246,8 +1266,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf m
 " Mplayer config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mplayer.conf,*/.mplayer/config	setf mplayerconf
 
-" Moterola S record
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.s19,*.s28,*.s37		setf srec
+" Motorola S record
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.s19,*.s28,*.s37,*.mot,*.srec	setf srec
 
 " Mrxvtrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead mrxvtrc,.mrxvtrc		setf mrxvtrc
@@ -1274,7 +1294,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mush			setf mush
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Mutt{ng,}rc		setf muttrc
 
 " Nano
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,.nanorc	setf nanorc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/nanorc,*.nanorc  	setf nanorc
 
 " Nastran input/DMAP
 "au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dat			setf nastran
@@ -1646,6 +1666,20 @@ else
   au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rnw,*.snw			setf rnoweb
 endif
 
+" R Markdown file
+if has("fname_case")
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.Rmd,*.rmd,*.Smd,*.smd		setf rmd
+else
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rmd,*.smd			setf rmd
+endif
+
+" R reStructuredText file
+if has("fname_case")
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.Rrst,*.rrst,*.Srst,*.srst	setf rrst
+else
+  au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rrst,*.srst			setf rrst
+endif
+
 " Rexx, Rebol or R
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.r,*.R			call s:FTr()
 
@@ -1824,7 +1858,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')
 
 " Shell scripts (sh, ksh, bash, bash2, csh); Allow .profile_foo etc.
 " Gentoo ebuilds are actually bash scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash_profile*,.bash_logout*,*.bash,*.ebuild call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash_profile*,.bash_logout*,.bash_aliases*,*.bash,*.ebuild call SetFileTypeSH("bash")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
 
@@ -1994,6 +2028,10 @@ func! s:FTRules()
     setf conf  " Better than hog
     return
   endif
+  if path =~ '^/\(etc\|usr/share\)/polkit-1/rules\.d'
+    setf javascript
+    return
+  endif
   try
     let config_lines = readfile('/etc/udev/udev.conf')
   catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E484/
@@ -2294,6 +2332,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead vgrindefs			setf vgrindefs
 " VRML V1.0c
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wrl			setf vrml
 
+" Vroom (vim testing and executable documentation)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vroom			setf vroom
+
 " Webmacro
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wm			setf webmacro
 
@@ -2467,6 +2508,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 
 " Zimbu
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
+" Zimbu Templates
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zut			setf zimbutempl
 
 " Zope
 "   dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),
@@ -2661,7 +2704,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
 " Plain text files, needs to be far down to not override others.  This avoids
 " the "conf" type being used if there is a line starting with '#'.
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text		setf text
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt,*.text,README	setf text
 
 
 " Use the filetype detect plugins.  They may overrule any of the previously

runtime/ftplugin/dockerfile.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	Dockerfile
+" Maintainer:   Honza Pokorny <http://honza.ca>
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 29
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl commentstring<"
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s

runtime/ftplugin/go.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Go
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+
+setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://
+setlocal commentstring=//\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl fo< com< cms<'
+
+" vim: sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/ftplugin/html.vim

@@ -20,49 +20,9 @@ if exists("g:ft_html_autocomment") && (g:ft_html_autocomment == 1)
     setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 endif
 
-
 if exists('&omnifunc')
-    " Distinguish between HTML versions
-    " To use with other HTML versions add another
-    " elseif condition to match proper DOCTYPE
-    setlocal omnifunc=htmlcomplete#CompleteTags
-
-    if &filetype == 'xhtml'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10s'
-    else
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401t'
-    endif
-    let i = 1
-    let line = ""
-    while i < 10 && i < line("$")
-        let line = getline(i)
-        if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '
-            break
-        endif
-        let i += 1
-    endwhile
-    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*\<DTD '  " doctype line found above
-        if line =~ ' HTML 3\.2'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html32'
-        elseif line =~ ' XHTML 1\.1'
-            let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml11'
-        else    " two-step detection with strict/frameset/transitional
-            if line =~ ' XHTML 1\.0'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'xhtml10'
-            elseif line =~ ' HTML 4\.01'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html401'
-            elseif line =~ ' HTML 4.0\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor = 'html40'
-            endif
-            if line =~ '\<Transitional\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 't'
-            elseif line =~ '\<Frameset\>'
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 'f'
-            else
-                let b:html_omni_flavor .= 's'
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
+  setlocal omnifunc=htmlcomplete#CompleteTags
+  call htmlcomplete#DetectOmniFlavor()
 endif
 
 " HTML:  thanks to Johannes Zellner and Benji Fisher.

runtime/ftplugin/j.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2014-04-05
+" Last Change:	2015-03-27
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -16,39 +16,38 @@ setlocal iskeyword=48-57,A-Z,_,a-z
 setlocal comments=:NB.
 setlocal commentstring=NB.\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions-=t
-setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
 setlocal matchpairs=(:)
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< expandtab< softtabstop< shiftwidth< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal matchpairs< formatoptions< commentstring< comments< iskeyword<'
 
 " Section movement with ]] ][ [[ []. The start/end patterns below are amended
 " inside the function in order to avoid matching on the current cursor line.
-let s:sectionstart = '.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>.*'
+let s:sectionstart = '\%(\s*Note\|.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\)\>.*'
 let s:sectionend = '\s*)\s*'
 
 function! s:SearchSection(end, backwards, visualmode) abort
   if a:visualmode !=# ''
     normal! gv
   endif
-  let flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
+  let l:flags = a:backwards ? 'bsW' : 'sW'
   if a:end
-    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+    call search('^' . s:sectionend . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), l:flags)
   else
-    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), flags)
+    call search('^' . s:sectionstart . (a:backwards ? '\n\_.\{-}\%#' : '$'), l:flags)
   endif
 endfunction
 
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 0, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> ]]
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 0, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> ][
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(0, 1, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> [[
-noremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
-xnoremap <script> <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
+noremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, '')<CR>
+xnoremap <buffer> <silent> [] :<C-U>call <SID>SearchSection(1, 1, visualmode())<CR>
 sunmap <buffer> []
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | silent! execute "unmap <buffer> ]]"'
@@ -66,7 +65,7 @@ endif
 " Enhanced "%" matching (see ":help matchit")
 if exists('loaded_matchit') && !exists('b:match_words')
   let b:match_ignorecase = 0
-  let b:match_words = '^.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
+  let b:match_words = '^\%(\s*Note\|.\{-}\<\%([0-4]\|13\|noun\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(\:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\)\>:^\s*\:\s*$:^\s*)\s*$'
                   \ . ',\<\%(for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.:\<\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\)\.:\<end\.'
   let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words'
 endif

runtime/ftplugin/json.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:		JSON
+" Maintainer:		David Barnett <daviebdawg+vim@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2014 Jul 16
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal formatoptions< comments< commentstring<'
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+
+" JSON has no comments.
+setlocal comments=
+setlocal commentstring=

runtime/ftplugin/kconfig.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2008-07-09
+" Vim syntax file
+" Maintainer:           Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:      2015-05-29
+" License:              Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:		https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-kconfig
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -14,5 +18,10 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo<"
 
 setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
+" For matchit.vim
+if exists("loaded_matchit")
+  let b:match_words = '^\<menu\>:\<endmenu\>,^\<if\>:\<endif\>,^\<choice\>:\<endchoice\>'
+endif
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/less.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:	less
+" Maintainer:	Alessandro Vioni <jenoma@gmail.com>
+" URL: https://github.com/genoma/vim-less
+" Last Change:	2014 November 24
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< def< inc< inex< ofu< sua<"
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+setlocal comments=:// commentstring=//\ %s
+
+setlocal omnifunc=csscomplete#CompleteCSS
+setlocal suffixesadd=.less

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 17
+" Last Change:	2014 Dec 29
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -63,7 +63,9 @@ endtry
 func <SID>PreGetPage(cnt)
   if a:cnt == 0
     let old_isk = &iskeyword
-    setl iskeyword+=(,)
+    if &ft == 'man'
+      setl iskeyword+=(,)
+    endif
     let str = expand("<cword>")
     let &l:iskeyword = old_isk
     let page = substitute(str, '(*\(\k\+\).*', '\1', '')
@@ -157,10 +159,10 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
   silent exec "r!/usr/bin/man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
   while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent norm ggdd
+    silent keepj norm ggdd
   endwhile
   while getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
-    silent norm Gdd
+    silent keepj norm Gdd
   endwhile
   1
   setl ft=man nomod

runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	matlab
 " Maintainer:	Jake Wasserman <jwasserman at gmail dot com>
-" Last Changed: 2006 Jan 12
+" Last Changed: 2014 Dec 30
+
+" Contributors:
+" Charles Campbell
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -12,10 +15,11 @@ let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 if exists("loaded_matchit")
-	let s:conditionalEnd = '\(([^()]*\)\@!\<end\>\([^()]*)\)\@!'
-	let b:match_words = '\<if\>\|\<while\>\|\<for\>\|\<switch\>:' .
-		\ s:conditionalEnd . ',\<if\>:\<elseif\>:\<else\>:' .
-		\ s:conditionalEnd
+ let s:conditionalEnd = '\%(([^()]*\)\@!\<end\>\%([^()]*)\)\@!'
+ let b:match_words=
+   \ '\<\%(if\|switch\|for\|while\)\>:\<\%(elseif\|case\|break\|continue\|else\|otherwise\)\>:'.s:conditionalEnd.','.
+   \ '\<function\>:\<return\>:\<endfunction\>'
+ unlet s:conditionalEnd
 endif
 
 setlocal suffixesadd=.m

runtime/ftplugin/r.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: R
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Sun Feb 23, 2014  04:07PM
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal comments=:#',:###,:##,:#
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R)\t*.R\n" .
+        \ "Files that include R (*.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/rhelp.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: R help file
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/rmd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: R help file
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+" Original work by Alex Zvoleff (adjusted for rmd by Michel Kuhlmann)
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
+
+setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
+setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^\\s*[-*+]\\s\\+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" Enables pandoc if it is installed
+unlet! b:did_ftplugin
+runtime ftplugin/pandoc.vim
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " | setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+else
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/rnoweb.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: Rnoweb
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+runtime! ftplugin/tex.vim
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+" Enables Vim-Latex-Suite, LaTeX-Box if installed
+runtime ftplugin/tex_*.vim
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+setlocal suffixesadd=.bib,.tex
+setlocal comments=b:%,b:#,b:##,b:###,b:#'
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " | setl isk< sua< com< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+else
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl isk< sua< com< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/rrst.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: reStructuredText documentation format with R code
+" Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Wed Jul 09, 2014  06:23PM
+" Original work by Alex Zvoleff
+
+" Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal comments=fb:*,fb:-,fb:+,n:> commentstring=>\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcqln
+setlocal formatlistpat=^\\s*\\d\\+\\.\\s\\+\\\|^\\s*[-*+]\\s\\+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
+
+if has("gui_win32") && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+endif
+
+if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= " | setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+else
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< flp< isk< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/ftplugin/spec.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Filename: spec.vim
 " Maintainer: Igor Gnatenko i.gnatenko.brain@gmail.com
 " Former Maintainer: Gustavo Niemeyer <niemeyer@conectiva.com> (until March 2014)
-" Last Change: Sun Mar 2 11:24 MSK 2014 Igor Gnatenko
+" Last Change: Mon Jun 01 21:15 MSK 2015 Igor Gnatenko
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
 	finish
@@ -18,13 +18,40 @@ if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_spec_maps")
 	endif
 endif
 
-noremap <buffer> <unique> <script> <Plug>SpecChangelog :call <SID>SpecChangelog("")<CR>
+if !hasmapto("call <SID>SpecChangelog(\"\")<CR>")
+       noremap <buffer> <unique> <script> <Plug>SpecChangelog :call <SID>SpecChangelog("")<CR>
+endif
+
+if !exists("*s:GetRelVer")
+	function! s:GetRelVer()
+		if has('python')
+python << PYEND
+import sys, datetime, shutil, tempfile
+import vim
+
+try:
+    import rpm
+except ImportError:
+    pass
+else:
+    specfile = vim.current.buffer.name
+    if specfile:
+        spec = rpm.spec(specfile)
+        headers = spec.packages[0].header
+        version = headers['Version']
+        release = ".".join(headers['Release'].split(".")[:-1])
+        vim.command("let ver = " + version)
+        vim.command("let rel = " + release)
+PYEND
+		endif
+	endfunction
+endif
 
 if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 	function s:SpecChangelog(format)
 		if strlen(a:format) == 0
 			if !exists("g:spec_chglog_format")
-				let email = input("Email address: ")
+				let email = input("Name <email address>: ")
 				let g:spec_chglog_format = "%a %b %d %Y " . l:email
 				echo "\r"
 			endif
@@ -69,6 +96,9 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 		else
 			let include_release_info = 0
 		endif
+
+		call s:GetRelVer()
+
 		if (chgline == -1)
 			let option = confirm("Can't find %changelog. Create one? ","&End of file\n&Here\n&Cancel",3)
 			if (option == 1)
@@ -83,7 +113,7 @@ if !exists("*s:SpecChangelog")
 			endif
 		endif
 		if (chgline != -1)
-			let parsed_format = "* ".strftime(format)
+			let parsed_format = "* ".strftime(format)." - ".ver."-".rel
 			let release_info = "+ ".name."-".ver."-".rel
 			let wrong_format = 0
 			let wrong_release = 0

runtime/ftplugin/text.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:		Text
+" Maintainer:		David Barnett <daviebdawg+vim@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2014 Jul 09
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal comments< commentstring<'
+
+" We intentionally don't set formatoptions-=t since text should wrap as text.
+
+" Pseudo comment leaders to indent bulleted lists.
+setlocal comments=fb:-,fb:*
+setlocal commentstring=

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jun 26
+" Last Change:	2014 Sep 07
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -62,9 +62,12 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
 	\ '\<try\>:\<cat\%[ch]\>:\<fina\%[lly]\>:\<endt\%[ry]\>,' .
 	\ '\<aug\%[roup]\s\+\%(END\>\)\@!\S:\<aug\%[roup]\s\+END\>,' .
 	\ '(:)'
-  " Ignore ":syntax region" commands, the 'end' argument clobbers if-endif
-  let b:match_skip = 'getline(".") =~ "^\\s*sy\\%[ntax]\\s\\+region" ||
-	\ synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),1),"name") =~? "comment\\|string"'
+  " Ignore syntax region commands and settings, any 'en*' would clobber
+  " if-endif.
+  " - set spl=de,en
+  " - au! FileType javascript syntax region foldBraces start=/{/ end=/}/ …
+  let b:match_skip = 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),1),"name")
+        \ =~? "comment\\|string\\|vimSynReg\\|vimSet"'
 endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/vroom.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Vroom (vim testing and executable documentation)
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-vroom)
+" Last Change:	2014 Jul 23
+
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal formatoptions< shiftwidth< softtabstop<' .
+    \ ' expandtab< iskeyword< comments< commentstring<'
+
+setlocal formatoptions-=t
+
+" The vroom interpreter doesn't accept anything but 2-space indent.
+setlocal shiftwidth=2
+setlocal softtabstop=2
+setlocal expandtab
+
+" To allow tag lookup and autocomplete for whole autoload functions, '#' must be
+" a keyword character. This also conforms to the behavior of ftplugin/vim.vim.
+setlocal iskeyword+=#
+
+" Vroom files have no comments (text is inert documentation unless indented).
+setlocal comments=
+setlocal commentstring=
+
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/zsh.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:         Zsh shell script
-" Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2011-01-23
+" Language:		Zsh shell script
+" Maintainer:		Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:	2015-05-29
+" License:		Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:		https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-zsh
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish

runtime/indent/ada.vim

@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ function s:StatementIndent( current_indent, prev_lnum )
       " Get previous non-blank/non-comment-only line
       while 1
 	 let line = substitute( getline(lnum), g:ada#Comment, '', '' )
-	 
+
 	 if line !~ '^\s*$' && line !~ '^\s*#'
 	    break
 	 endif

runtime/indent/fortran.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:	Fortran95 (and Fortran90, Fortran77, F and elf90)
-" Version:	0.40
-" Last Change:	2011 Dec. 28
-" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www.unb.ca/chem/ajit/>
+" Language:	Fortran 2008 (and earlier versions: 2003, 95, 90, and 77)
+" Version:	0.41
+" Last Change:	2015 Jan. 15
+" Maintainer:	Ajit J. Thakkar <ajit@unb.ca>; <http://www2.unb.ca/~ajit/>
 " Usage:	Do :help fortran-indent from Vim
+" Credits:
+"  Useful suggestions were made by: Albert Oliver Serra.
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -36,8 +38,8 @@ if !exists("b:fortran_fixed_source")
   else
     " f90 and f95 allow both fixed and free source form
     " assume fixed source form unless signs of free source form
-    " are detected in the first five columns of the first 250 lines
-    " Detection becomes more accurate and time-consuming if more lines
+    " are detected in the first five columns of the first s:lmax lines.
+    " Detection becomes more accurate and more time-consuming if more lines
     " are checked. Increase the limit below if you keep lots of comments at
     " the very top of each file and you have a fast computer
     let s:lmax = 500
@@ -129,7 +131,7 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
   if getline(v:lnum) =~? '^\s*\(\d\+\s\)\=\s*'
         \. '\(else\|else\s*if\|else\s*where\|case\|'
         \. 'end\s*\(if\|where\|select\|interface\|'
-        \. 'type\|forall\|associate\|enum\)\)\>'
+        \. 'type\|forall\|associate\|enum\|block\)\)\>'
     let ind = ind - &sw
     " Fix indent for case statement immediately after select
     if prevstat =~? '\<select\s\+\(case\|type\)\>'
@@ -141,8 +143,11 @@ function FortranGetIndent(lnum)
   if prevstat =~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat !~ '&\s*$'
     let ind = ind + &sw
   endif
+  if prevstat =~ '&\s*$' && prevstat =~ '\<else\s*if\>'
+    let ind = ind - &sw
+  endif
   "Line after last continuation line
-  if prevstat !~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat =~ '&\s*$'
+  if prevstat !~ '&\s*$' && prev2stat =~ '&\s*$' && prevstat !~? '\<then\>'
     let ind = ind - &sw
   endif
 

runtime/indent/go.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	Go
+" Maintainer:	David Barnett (https://github.com/google/vim-ft-go)
+" Last Change:	2014 Aug 16
+"
+" TODO:
+" - function invocations split across lines
+" - general line splits (line ends in an operator)
+
+if exists('b:did_indent')
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" C indentation is too far off useful, mainly due to Go's := operator.
+" Let's just define our own.
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal autoindent
+setlocal indentexpr=GoIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys+=<:>,0=},0=)
+
+if exists('*GoIndent')
+  finish
+endif
+
+" The shiftwidth() function is relatively new.
+" Don't require it to exist.
+if exists('*shiftwidth')
+  function s:sw() abort
+    return shiftwidth()
+  endfunction
+else
+  function s:sw() abort
+    return &shiftwidth
+  endfunction
+endif
+
+function! GoIndent(lnum)
+  let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum-1)
+  if l:prevlnum == 0
+    " top of file
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " grab the previous and current line, stripping comments.
+  let l:prevl = substitute(getline(l:prevlnum), '//.*$', '', '')
+  let l:thisl = substitute(getline(a:lnum), '//.*$', '', '')
+  let l:previ = indent(l:prevlnum)
+
+  let l:ind = l:previ
+
+  if l:prevl =~ '[({]\s*$'
+    " previous line opened a block
+    let l:ind += s:sw()
+  endif
+  if l:prevl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
+    " previous line is part of a switch statement
+    let l:ind += s:sw()
+  endif
+  " TODO: handle if the previous line is a label.
+
+  if l:thisl =~ '^\s*[)}]'
+    " this line closed a block
+    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+  endif
+
+  " Colons are tricky.
+  " We want to outdent if it's part of a switch ("case foo:" or "default:").
+  " We ignore trying to deal with jump labels because (a) they're rare, and
+  " (b) they're hard to disambiguate from a composite literal key.
+  if l:thisl =~# '^\s*\(case .*\|default\):$'
+    let l:ind -= s:sw()
+  endif
+
+  return l:ind
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=2 sts=2 et

runtime/indent/j.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	J
 " Maintainer:	David Bürgin <676c7473@gmail.com>
 " URL:		https://github.com/glts/vim-j
-" Last Change:	2014-04-05
+" Last Change:	2015-01-11
 
 if exists('b:did_indent')
   finish
@@ -26,25 +26,25 @@ if !exists('g:j_indent_definitions')
 endif
 
 function GetJIndent() abort
-  let prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
-  if prevlnum == 0
+  let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+  if l:prevlnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
-  let indent = indent(prevlnum)
-  let prevline = getline(prevlnum)
-  if prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
+  let l:indent = indent(l:prevlnum)
+  let l:prevline = getline(l:prevlnum)
+  if l:prevline =~# '^\s*\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|fcase\|for\%(_\a\k*\)\=\|if\|select\|try\|whil\%(e\|st\)\)\.\%(\%(\<end\.\)\@!.\)*$'
     " Increase indentation after an initial control word that starts or
     " continues a block and is not terminated by "end."
-    let indent += shiftwidth()
-  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
+    let l:indent += shiftwidth()
+  elseif g:j_indent_definitions && (l:prevline =~# '\<\%([1-4]\|13\|adverb\|conjunction\|verb\|monad\|dyad\)\s\+\%(:\s*0\|def\s\+0\|define\)\>' || l:prevline =~# '^\s*:\s*$')
     " Increase indentation in explicit definitions of adverbs, conjunctions,
     " and verbs
-    let indent += shiftwidth()
+    let l:indent += shiftwidth()
   endif
   " Decrease indentation in lines that start with either control words that
   " continue or end a block, or the special items ")" and ":"
   if getline(v:lnum) =~# '^\s*\%()\|:\|\%(case\|catch[dt]\=\|do\|else\%(if\)\=\|end\|fcase\)\.\)'
-    let indent -= shiftwidth()
+    let l:indent -= shiftwidth()
   endif
-  return indent
+  return l:indent
 endfunction

runtime/indent/javascript.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	Javascript
-" Maintainer:	None!  Wanna improve this?
-" Last Change:	2007 Jan 22
+" Maintainer:	Going to be Darrick Wiebe
+" Last Change:	2015 Jun 09
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -12,5 +12,7 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 " C indenting is not too bad.
 setlocal cindent
 setlocal cinoptions+=j1,J1
+setlocal cinkeys-=0#
+setlocal cinkeys+=0]
 
 let b:undo_indent = "setl cin<"

runtime/indent/json.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:		JSON
+" Mantainer:		Eli Parra <eli@elzr.com> https://github.com/elzr/vim-json
+" Last Change:          2014 Aug 29
+"   https://github.com/jakar/vim-json/commit/20b650e22aa750c4ab6a66aa646bdd95d7cd548a#diff-e81fc111b2052e306d126bd9989f7b7c
+" Original Author:	Rogerz Zhang <rogerz.zhang at gmail.com> http://github.com/rogerz/vim-json
+" Acknowledgement:      Based off of vim-javascript maintained by Darrick Wiebe 
+"                       http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=2765
+
+" 0. Initialization {{{1
+" =================
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal nosmartindent
+
+" Now, set up our indentation expression and keys that trigger it.
+setlocal indentexpr=GetJSONIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0[,0],!^F,o,O,e
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetJSONIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" 1. Variables {{{1
+" ============
+
+let s:line_term = '\s*\%(\%(\/\/\).*\)\=$'
+" Regex that defines blocks.
+let s:block_regex = '\%({\)\s*\%(|\%([*@]\=\h\w*,\=\s*\)\%(,\s*[*@]\=\h\w*\)*|\)\=' . s:line_term
+
+" 2. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
+" ======================
+
+" Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string.
+function s:IsInString(lnum, col)
+  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') == 'jsonString'
+endfunction
+
+" Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, or in a string.
+function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
+  let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+  while lnum > 0
+    " If the line isn't empty or in a string, end search.
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if !(s:IsInString(lnum, 1) && s:IsInString(lnum, strlen(line)))
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+  endwhile
+  return lnum
+endfunction
+
+" Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
+function s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
+  let open_0 = 0
+  let open_2 = 0
+  let open_4 = 0
+  let line = getline(a:lnum)
+  let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+  while pos != -1
+    let idx = stridx('(){}[]', line[pos])
+    if idx % 2 == 0
+      let open_{idx} = open_{idx} + 1
+    else
+      let open_{idx - 1} = open_{idx - 1} - 1
+    endif
+    let pos = match(line, '[][(){}]', pos + 1)
+  endwhile
+  return (open_0 > 0) . (open_2 > 0) . (open_4 > 0)
+endfunction
+
+function s:Match(lnum, regex)
+  let col = match(getline(a:lnum), a:regex) + 1
+  return col > 0 && !s:IsInString(a:lnum, col) ? col : 0
+endfunction
+
+" 3. GetJSONIndent Function {{{1
+" =========================
+
+function GetJSONIndent()
+  " 3.1. Setup {{{2
+  " ----------
+
+  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use v:lnum here.
+  let vcol = col('.')
+
+  " 3.2. Work on the current line {{{2
+  " -----------------------------
+
+  " Get the current line.
+  let line = getline(v:lnum)
+  let ind = -1
+
+  " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
+  " according to it.
+  let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[]}]')
+
+  if col > 0 && !s:IsInString(v:lnum, col)
+    call cursor(v:lnum, col)
+    let bs = strpart('{}[]', stridx('}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
+
+    let pairstart = escape(bs[0], '[')
+    let pairend = escape(bs[1], ']')
+    let pairline = searchpair(pairstart, '', pairend, 'bW')
+
+    if pairline > 0 
+      let ind = indent(pairline)
+    else
+      let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+    endif
+
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  " If we are in a multi-line string, don't do anything to it.
+  if s:IsInString(v:lnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
+    return indent('.')
+  endif
+
+  " 3.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
+  " -------------------------------
+
+  let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  if lnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " Set up variables for current line.
+  let line = getline(lnum)
+  let ind = indent(lnum)
+
+  " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
+  " if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
+    " return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  " endif
+
+  " If the previous line contained an opening bracket, and we are still in it,
+  " add indent depending on the bracket type.
+  if line =~ '[[({]'
+    let counts = s:LineHasOpeningBrackets(lnum)
+    if counts[0] == '1' || counts[1] == '1' || counts[2] == '1'
+      return ind + &sw
+    else
+      call cursor(v:lnum, vcol)
+    end
+  endif
+
+  " }}}2
+
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+" }}}1
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet:

runtime/indent/less.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	less
+" Maintainer:	Alessandro Vioni <jenoma@gmail.com>
+" URL: https://github.com/genoma/vim-less
+" Last Change:	2014 November 24
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+runtime! indent/css.vim
+
+" vim:set sw=2:

runtime/indent/lua.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Lua script
 " Maintainer:	Marcus Aurelius Farias <marcus.cf 'at' bol.com.br>
 " First Author:	Max Ischenko <mfi 'at' ukr.net>
-" Last Change:	2007 Jul 23
+" Last Change:	2014 Nov 12
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ function! GetLuaIndent()
 
   " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on end, else (and elseif), until and '}'
   " This is the part that requires 'indentkeys'.
-  let midx = match(getline(v:lnum), '^\s*\%(end\|else\|until\|}\)')
+  let midx = match(getline(v:lnum), '^\s*\%(end\>\|else\>\|until\>\|}\)')
   if midx != -1 && synIDattr(synID(v:lnum, midx + 1, 1), "name") != "luaComment"
     let ind = ind - &shiftwidth
   endif

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
 " URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2014 April 3rd
-" Version:	1.49
+" Last Change:	2014 November 26th
+" Version:	1.57
 "
 "
 "	Type :help php-indent for available options
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 
-let php_sync_method = 0
+let g:php_sync_method = 0
 
 
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ setlocal nocindent
 setlocal nolisp
 
 setlocal indentexpr=GetPhpIndent()
-setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),:,!^F,o,O,e,*<Return>,=?>,=<?,=*/
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0),0],:,!^F,o,O,e,*<Return>,=?>,=<?,=*/
 
 
 
@@ -128,11 +128,14 @@ if exists("*GetPhpIndent")
 endif
 
 
+let s:PHP_validVariable = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*'
 let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
 let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
-let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*\)\=\s*(.*'
+let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+'.s:PHP_validVariable.'\)\=\s*(.*'
 let s:endline= '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
-let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\)'.s:endline.'\)\|^[^''"`]*[''"`]$'
+
+
+let s:terminated = '\%(\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\|^\s*'.s:PHP_validVariable.':\)'.s:endline.'\)\|^[^''"`]*[''"`]$'
 let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
 
 
@@ -140,7 +143,7 @@ let s:PHP_startindenttag = '<?\%(.*?>\)\@!\|<script[^>]*>\%(.*<\/script>\)\@!'
 let s:escapeDebugStops = 0
 function! DebugPrintReturn(scriptLine)
 
-    if ! s:escapeDebugStops 
+    if ! s:escapeDebugStops
 	echo "debug:" . a:scriptLine
 	let c = getchar()
 	if c == "\<Del>"
@@ -158,8 +161,6 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	let lnum = b:GetLastRealCodeLNum_ADD
     endif
 
-    let old_lnum = lnum
-
     while lnum > 1
 	let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum)
 	let lastline = getline(lnum)
@@ -217,7 +218,7 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	let lnum=0
     endif
 
-    if b:InPHPcode_and_script && !b:InPHPcode
+    if b:InPHPcode_and_script && 1 > b:InPHPcode
 	let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 0
     endif
 
@@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ endfun
 
 function! Skippmatch()	" {{{
     let synname = synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name")
-    if synname == "Delimiter" || synname == "phpRegionDelimiter" || synname =~# "^phpParent" || synname == "phpArrayParens" || synname =~# '^php\%(Block\|Brace\)' || synname == "javaScriptBraces" || synname =~# "^phpComment" && b:UserIsTypingComment
+    if synname == "Delimiter" || synname == "phpRegionDelimiter" || synname =~# "^phpParent" || synname == "phpArrayParens" || synname =~# '^php\%(Block\|Brace\)' || synname == "javaScriptBraces" || synname =~# '^php\%(Doc\)\?Comment' && b:UserIsTypingComment
 	return 0
     else
 	return 1
@@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
     let line = searchpair('{', '', '}', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 
     if a:blockStarter == 1
-	while line > 1 
+	while line > 1
 	    let linec = getline(line)
 
 	    if linec =~ s:terminated || linec =~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
@@ -310,7 +311,6 @@ let s:defaultORcase = '^\s*\%(default\|case\).*:'
 
 function! FindTheSwitchIndent (lnum) " {{{
 
-
     let test = GetLastRealCodeLNum(a:lnum - 1)
 
     if test <= 1
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
 
     if synname == 'phpStringSingle' || synname == 'phpStringDouble' || synname == 'phpBacktick'
 	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]'
-	    return ""
+	    return "SpecStringEntrails"
 	else
 	    return synname
 	end
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ if ! s:autoresetoptions
 endif
 
 function! ResetPhpOptions()
-    if ! b:optionsset && &filetype == "php"
+    if ! b:optionsset && &filetype =~ "php"
 	if b:PHP_autoformatcomment
 
 	    setlocal comments=s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,:#
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    let b:PHP_indentinghuge = 0
 	    let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = b:PHP_default_indenting
 	endif
-	let b:PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
+	let real_PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
 	let b:PHP_LastIndentedWasComment=0
 	let b:PHP_InsideMultilineComment=0
 	let b:PHP_indentbeforelast = 0
@@ -430,9 +430,12 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     elseif v:lnum > b:PHP_lastindented
 	let real_PHP_lastindented = b:PHP_lastindented
-	let b:PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
+    else
+	let real_PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
     endif
 
+    let b:PHP_lastindented = v:lnum
+
 
     if !b:InPHPcode_checked " {{{ One time check
 	let b:InPHPcode_checked = 1
@@ -443,11 +446,15 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
 
 	if synname!=""
-	    if synname != "phpHereDoc" && synname != "phpHereDocDelimiter"
+	    if synname == "SpecStringEntrails"
+		let b:InPHPcode = -1 " thumb down
+		let b:UserIsTypingComment = 0
+		let b:InPHPcode_tofind = ""
+	    elseif synname != "phpHereDoc" && synname != "phpHereDocDelimiter"
 		let b:InPHPcode = 1
 		let b:InPHPcode_tofind = ""
 
-		if synname =~# "^phpComment"
+		if synname =~# '^php\%(Doc\)\?Comment'
 		    let b:UserIsTypingComment = 1
 		else
 		    let b:UserIsTypingComment = 0
@@ -483,9 +490,16 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
     if b:InPHPcode_tofind!=""
 	if cline =~? b:InPHPcode_tofind
-	    let b:InPHPcode = 1
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = ""
 	    let b:UserIsTypingComment = 0
+
+	    if b:InPHPcode == -1
+		let b:InPHPcode = 1
+		return -1
+	    end
+
+	    let b:InPHPcode = 1
+
 	    if cline =~ '\*/'
 		call cursor(v:lnum, 1)
 		if cline !~ '^\*/'
@@ -510,7 +524,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
     endif
 
-    if b:InPHPcode
+    if 1 == b:InPHPcode
 
 	if !b:InPHPcode_and_script && last_line =~ '\%(<?.*\)\@<!?>\%(.*<?\)\@!' && IslinePHP(lnum, '?>')=~"Delimiter"
 	    if cline !~? s:PHP_startindenttag
@@ -520,8 +534,8 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 1
 	    endif
 
-	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
-	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
+	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$'
+	    let b:InPHPcode = -1
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*\([''"`]\).*$', '^[^\1]*\1[;,]$', '')
 	elseif last_line =~? '<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$'
 	    let b:InPHPcode = 0
@@ -538,7 +552,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif " }}}
 
 
-    if !b:InPHPcode && !b:InPHPcode_and_script
+    if 1 > b:InPHPcode && !b:InPHPcode_and_script
 	return -1
     endif
 
@@ -568,7 +582,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
     endif
 
-    if !b:PHP_InsideMultilineComment && cline =~ '^\s*/\*' && cline !~ '\*/\s*$'
+    if !b:PHP_InsideMultilineComment && cline =~ '^\s*/\*\%(.*\*/\)\@!'
 	if getline(v:lnum + 1) !~ '^\s*\*'
 	    return -1
 	endif
@@ -669,17 +683,17 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endwhile
 
     elseif last_line =~# unstated && cline !~ '^\s*);\='.endline
-	let ind = ind + &sw " we indent one level further when the preceding line is not stated
+	let ind = ind + &sw
 	return ind + addSpecial
 
-    elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^[)\]]' ) && last_line =~ terminated " Added || last_line =~ '^)' on 2007-12-30 (array indenting problem broke other things)
+    elseif (ind != b:PHP_default_indenting || last_line =~ '^[)\]]' ) && last_line =~ terminated
 	let previous_line = last_line
 	let last_line_num = lnum
 	let LastLineClosed = 1
 
 	let isSingleLineBlock = 0
 	while 1
-	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline " XXX
+	    if ! isSingleLineBlock && previous_line =~ '^\s*}\|;\s*}'.endline
 
 		call cursor(last_line_num, 1)
 		if previous_line !~ '^}'
@@ -740,14 +754,19 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	endif
     endif
 
-    let plinnum = GetLastRealCodeLNum(lnum - 1)
+    if (last_line !~ '^\s*}\%(}}\)\@!')
+	let plinnum = GetLastRealCodeLNum(lnum - 1)
+    else
+	let plinnum = GetLastRealCodeLNum(FindOpenBracket(lnum, 1) - 1)
+    endif
+
     let AntepenultimateLine = getline(plinnum)
 
     let last_line = substitute(last_line,"\\(//\\|#\\)\\(\\(\\([^\"']*\\([\"']\\)[^\"']*\\5\\)\\+[^\"']*$\\)\\|\\([^\"']*$\\)\\)",'','')
 
 
     if ind == b:PHP_default_indenting
-	if last_line =~ terminated
+	if last_line =~ terminated && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase
 	    let LastLineClosed = 1
 	endif
     endif
@@ -755,10 +774,10 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     if !LastLineClosed
 
 
-	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(]'.endline
+	if last_line =~# '[{(\[]'.endline || last_line =~? '\h\w*\s*(.*,$' && AntepenultimateLine !~ '[,(\[]'.endline
 
 	    let dontIndent = 0
-	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
+	    if last_line =~ '\S\+\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*)\s*{'.endline && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(' . s:blockstart . '\)\|'. s:functionDecl . s:endline
 		let dontIndent = 1
 	    endif
 
@@ -774,7 +793,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 
 	elseif last_line =~ '\S\+\s*),'.endline
 	    call cursor(lnum, 1)
-	    call search('),'.endline, 'W') " line never begins with ) so no need for 'c' flag
+	    call search('),'.endline, 'W')
 	    let openedparent = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
 	    if openedparent != lnum
 		let ind = indent(openedparent)
@@ -784,7 +803,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 	    let ind = ind + &sw
 
 
-	elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '\%(;\%(\s*\%(?>\|}\)\)\=\|<<<''\=\a\w*''\=$\|^\s*}\|{\)'.endline . '\|' . s:defaultORcase
+    elseif AntepenultimateLine =~ '{'.endline || AntepenultimateLine =~ terminated || AntepenultimateLine =~# s:defaultORcase
 	    let ind = ind + &sw
 	endif
 

runtime/indent/r.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	R
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	Fri Feb 15, 2013  08:11PM
+" Last Change:	Thu Mar 26, 2015  05:36PM
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
-    finish
+  finish
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
@@ -15,478 +15,501 @@ setlocal indentexpr=GetRIndent()
 
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetRIndent")
-    finish
+  finish
 endif
 
 " Options to make the indentation more similar to Emacs/ESS:
 if !exists("g:r_indent_align_args")
-    let g:r_indent_align_args = 1
+  let g:r_indent_align_args = 1
 endif
 if !exists("g:r_indent_ess_comments")
-    let g:r_indent_ess_comments = 0
+  let g:r_indent_ess_comments = 0
 endif
 if !exists("g:r_indent_comment_column")
-    let g:r_indent_comment_column = 40
+  let g:r_indent_comment_column = 40
 endif
 if ! exists("g:r_indent_ess_compatible")
-    let g:r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+  let g:r_indent_ess_compatible = 0
+endif
+if ! exists("g:r_indent_op_pattern")
+  let g:r_indent_op_pattern = '\(+\|-\|\*\|/\|=\|\~\|%\)$'
 endif
 
 function s:RDelete_quotes(line)
-    let i = 0
-    let j = 0
-    let line1 = ""
-    let llen = strlen(a:line)
-    while i < llen
-        if a:line[i] == '"'
-            let i += 1
-            let line1 = line1 . 's'
-            while !(a:line[i] == '"' && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
-                let i += 1
-            endwhile
-            if a:line[i] == '"'
-                let i += 1
-            endif
-        else
-            if a:line[i] == "'"
-                let i += 1
-                let line1 = line1 . 's'
-                while !(a:line[i] == "'" && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
-                    let i += 1
-                endwhile
-                if a:line[i] == "'"
-                    let i += 1
-                endif
-            else
-                if a:line[i] == "`"
-                    let i += 1
-                    let line1 = line1 . 's'
-                    while a:line[i] != "`" && i < llen
-                        let i += 1
-                    endwhile
-                    if a:line[i] == "`"
-                        let i += 1
-                    endif
-                endif
-            endif
-        endif
-        if i == llen
-            break
-        endif
-        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
-        let j += 1
+  let i = 0
+  let j = 0
+  let line1 = ""
+  let llen = strlen(a:line)
+  while i < llen
+    if a:line[i] == '"'
+      let i += 1
+      let line1 = line1 . 's'
+      while !(a:line[i] == '"' && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
         let i += 1
-    endwhile
-    return line1
+      endwhile
+      if a:line[i] == '"'
+        let i += 1
+      endif
+    else
+      if a:line[i] == "'"
+        let i += 1
+        let line1 = line1 . 's'
+        while !(a:line[i] == "'" && ((i > 1 && a:line[i-1] == '\' && a:line[i-2] == '\') || a:line[i-1] != '\')) && i < llen
+          let i += 1
+        endwhile
+        if a:line[i] == "'"
+          let i += 1
+        endif
+      else
+        if a:line[i] == "`"
+          let i += 1
+          let line1 = line1 . 's'
+          while a:line[i] != "`" && i < llen
+            let i += 1
+          endwhile
+          if a:line[i] == "`"
+            let i += 1
+          endif
+        endif
+      endif
+    endif
+    if i == llen
+      break
+    endif
+    let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+    let j += 1
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  return line1
 endfunction
 
 " Convert foo(bar()) int foo()
 function s:RDelete_parens(line)
-    if s:Get_paren_balance(a:line, "(", ")") != 0
-        return a:line
-    endif
-    let i = 0
-    let j = 0
-    let line1 = ""
-    let llen = strlen(a:line)
-    while i < llen
-        let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
-        if a:line[i] == '('
-            let nop = 1
-            while nop > 0 && i < llen
-                let i += 1
-                if a:line[i] == ')'
-                    let nop -= 1
-                else
-                    if a:line[i] == '('
-                        let nop += 1 
-                    endif
-                endif
-            endwhile
-            let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
-        endif
+  if s:Get_paren_balance(a:line, "(", ")") != 0
+    return a:line
+  endif
+  let i = 0
+  let j = 0
+  let line1 = ""
+  let llen = strlen(a:line)
+  while i < llen
+    let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+    if a:line[i] == '('
+      let nop = 1
+      while nop > 0 && i < llen
         let i += 1
-    endwhile
-    return line1
+        if a:line[i] == ')'
+          let nop -= 1
+        else
+          if a:line[i] == '('
+            let nop += 1
+          endif
+        endif
+      endwhile
+      let line1 = line1 . a:line[i]
+    endif
+    let i += 1
+  endwhile
+  return line1
 endfunction
 
 function! s:Get_paren_balance(line, o, c)
-    let line2 = substitute(a:line, a:o, "", "g")
-    let openp = strlen(a:line) - strlen(line2)
-    let line3 = substitute(line2, a:c, "", "g")
-    let closep = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
-    return openp - closep
+  let line2 = substitute(a:line, a:o, "", "g")
+  let openp = strlen(a:line) - strlen(line2)
+  let line3 = substitute(line2, a:c, "", "g")
+  let closep = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+  return openp - closep
 endfunction
 
 function! s:Get_matching_brace(linenr, o, c, delbrace)
-    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
-    if a:delbrace == 1
-        let line = substitute(line, '{$', "", "")
-    endif
-    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, a:o, a:c)
-    let i = a:linenr
-    while pb != 0 && i > 1
-        let i -= 1
-        let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(SanitizeRLine(getline(i)), a:o, a:c)
-    endwhile
-    return i
+  let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+  if a:delbrace == 1
+    let line = substitute(line, '{$', "", "")
+  endif
+  let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, a:o, a:c)
+  let i = a:linenr
+  while pb != 0 && i > 1
+    let i -= 1
+    let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(SanitizeRLine(getline(i)), a:o, a:c)
+  endwhile
+  return i
 endfunction
 
 " This function is buggy because there 'if's without 'else'
 " It must be rewritten relying more on indentation
 function! s:Get_matching_if(linenr, delif)
-"    let filenm = expand("%")
-"    call writefile([filenm], "/tmp/matching_if_" . a:linenr)
-    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
-    if a:delif
-        let line = substitute(line, "if", "", "g")
-    endif
-    let elsenr = 0
-    let i = a:linenr
-    let ifhere = 0
-    while i > 0
-        let line2 = substitute(line, '\<else\>', "xxx", "g")
-        let elsenr += strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
-        if line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()' || line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()'
-            let elsenr -= 1
-            if elsenr == 0
-                let ifhere = i
-                break
-            endif
-        endif
-        let i -= 1
-        let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(i))
-    endwhile
-    if ifhere
-        return ifhere
-    else
-        return a:linenr
+  let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(a:linenr))
+  if a:delif
+    let line = substitute(line, "if", "", "g")
+  endif
+  let elsenr = 0
+  let i = a:linenr
+  let ifhere = 0
+  while i > 0
+    let line2 = substitute(line, '\<else\>', "xxx", "g")
+    let elsenr += strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+    if line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()' || line =~ '.*\s*if\s*()'
+      let elsenr -= 1
+      if elsenr == 0
+        let ifhere = i
+        break
+      endif
     endif
+    let i -= 1
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(i))
+  endwhile
+  if ifhere
+    return ifhere
+  else
+    return a:linenr
+  endif
 endfunction
 
 function! s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, o, c, pb)
-    let blc = a:pb
-    let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
-    let theidx = -1
-    let llen = strlen(line)
-    let idx = 0
-    while idx < llen
-        if line[idx] == a:o
-            let blc -= 1
-            if blc == 0
-                let theidx = idx
-            endif
-        else
-            if line[idx] == a:c
-                let blc += 1
-            endif
-        endif
-        let idx += 1
-    endwhile
-    return theidx + 1
+  let blc = a:pb
+  let line = substitute(a:line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+  let theidx = -1
+  let llen = strlen(line)
+  let idx = 0
+  while idx < llen
+    if line[idx] == a:o
+      let blc -= 1
+      if blc == 0
+        let theidx = idx
+      endif
+    else
+      if line[idx] == a:c
+        let blc += 1
+      endif
+    endif
+    let idx += 1
+  endwhile
+  return theidx + 1
 endfunction
 
 " Get previous relevant line. Search back until getting a line that isn't
 " comment or blank
 function s:Get_prev_line(lineno)
-    let lnum = a:lineno - 1
+  let lnum = a:lineno - 1
+  let data = getline( lnum )
+  while lnum > 0 && (data =~ '^\s*#' || data =~ '^\s*$')
+    let lnum = lnum - 1
     let data = getline( lnum )
-    while lnum > 0 && (data =~ '^\s*#' || data =~ '^\s*$')
-        let lnum = lnum - 1
-        let data = getline( lnum )
-    endwhile
-    return lnum
+  endwhile
+  return lnum
 endfunction
 
 " This function is also used by r-plugin/common_global.vim
 " Delete from '#' to the end of the line, unless the '#' is inside a string.
 function SanitizeRLine(line)
-    let newline = s:RDelete_quotes(a:line)
-    let newline = s:RDelete_parens(newline)
-    let newline = substitute(newline, '#.*', "", "")
-    let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
-    return newline
+  let newline = s:RDelete_quotes(a:line)
+  let newline = s:RDelete_parens(newline)
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '#.*', "", "")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
+  if &filetype == "rhelp" && newline =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}(.*'
+    let newline = substitute(newline, '^\\method{\(.*\)}{.*}', '\1', "")
+  endif
+  return newline
 endfunction
 
 function GetRIndent()
 
-    let clnum = line(".")    " current line
+  let clnum = line(".")    " current line
 
-    let cline = getline(clnum)
-    if cline =~ '^\s*#'
-        if g:r_indent_ess_comments == 1
-            if cline =~ '^\s*###'
-                return 0
-            endif
-            if cline !~ '^\s*##'
-                return g:r_indent_comment_column
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    let cline = SanitizeRLine(cline)
-
-    if cline =~ '^\s*}' || cline =~ '^\s*}\s*)$'
-        let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(clnum, '{', '}', 1)
-        if indline > 0 && indline != clnum
-            let iline = SanitizeRLine(getline(indline))
-            if s:Get_paren_balance(iline, "(", ")") == 0 || iline =~ '(\s*{$'
-                return indent(indline)
-            else
-                let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(indline, '(', ')', 1)
-                return indent(indline)
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    " Find the first non blank line above the current line
-    let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(clnum)
-    " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
-    if lnum == 0
+  let cline = getline(clnum)
+  if cline =~ '^\s*#'
+    if g:r_indent_ess_comments == 1
+      if cline =~ '^\s*###'
         return 0
+      endif
+      if cline !~ '^\s*##'
+        return g:r_indent_comment_column
+      endif
     endif
+  endif
 
-    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+  let cline = SanitizeRLine(cline)
 
-    if &filetype == "rhelp"
-        if cline =~ '^\\dontshow{' || cline =~ '^\\dontrun{' || cline =~ '^\\donttest{' || cline =~ '^\\testonly{'
-            return 0
-        endif
-        if line =~ '^\\examples{' || line =~ '^\\usage{' || line =~ '^\\dontshow{' || line =~ '^\\dontrun{' || line =~ '^\\donttest{' || line =~ '^\\testonly{'
-            return 0
-        endif
-        if line =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}(.*'
-            let line = substitute(line, '^\\method{\(.*\)}{.*}', '\1', "")
-        endif
+  if cline =~ '^\s*}' || cline =~ '^\s*}\s*)$'
+    let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(clnum, '{', '}', 1)
+    if indline > 0 && indline != clnum
+      let iline = SanitizeRLine(getline(indline))
+      if s:Get_paren_balance(iline, "(", ")") == 0 || iline =~ '(\s*{$'
+        return indent(indline)
+      else
+        let indline = s:Get_matching_brace(indline, '(', ')', 1)
+        return indent(indline)
+      endif
     endif
+  endif
 
-    if cline =~ '^\s*{'
-        if g:r_indent_ess_compatible && line =~ ')$'
-            let nlnum = lnum
-            let nline = line
-            while s:Get_paren_balance(nline, '(', ')') < 0
-                let nlnum = s:Get_prev_line(nlnum)
-                let nline = SanitizeRLine(getline(nlnum)) . nline
-            endwhile
-            if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == &sw
-                return 0
-            endif
-        endif
-        if s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
-            return indent(lnum)
-        endif
+  " Find the first non blank line above the current line
+  let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(clnum)
+  " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
+  if lnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+
+  if &filetype == "rhelp"
+    if cline =~ '^\\dontshow{' || cline =~ '^\\dontrun{' || cline =~ '^\\donttest{' || cline =~ '^\\testonly{'
+      return 0
     endif
-
-    " line is an incomplete command:
-    if line =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || line =~ '\<else$' || line =~ '<-$'
-        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    if line =~ '^\\examples{' || line =~ '^\\usage{' || line =~ '^\\dontshow{' || line =~ '^\\dontrun{' || line =~ '^\\donttest{' || line =~ '^\\testonly{'
+      return 0
     endif
+  endif
 
-    " Deal with () and []
+  if &filetype == "rnoweb" && line =~ "^<<.*>>="
+    return 0
+  endif
 
-    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+  if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+    if g:r_indent_ess_compatible && line =~ ')$'
+      let nlnum = lnum
+      let nline = line
+      while s:Get_paren_balance(nline, '(', ')') < 0
+        let nlnum = s:Get_prev_line(nlnum)
+        let nline = SanitizeRLine(getline(nlnum)) . nline
+      endwhile
+      if nline =~ '^\s*function\s*(' && indent(nlnum) == &sw
+        return 0
+      endif
+    endif
+    if s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+      return indent(lnum)
+    endif
+  endif
 
-    if line =~ '^\s*{$' || line =~ '(\s*{' || (pb == 0 && (line =~ '{$' || line =~ '(\s*{$'))
-        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  " line is an incomplete command:
+  if line =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || line =~ '\<else$' || line =~ '<-$'
+    return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  endif
+
+  " Deal with () and []
+
+  let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+
+  if line =~ '^\s*{$' || line =~ '(\s*{' || (pb == 0 && (line =~ '{$' || line =~ '(\s*{$'))
+    return indent(lnum) + &sw
+  endif
+
+  let s:curtabstop = repeat(' ', &tabstop)
+
+  if g:r_indent_align_args == 1
+    if pb > 0 && line =~ '{$'
+      return s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb) + &sw
     endif
 
     let bb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '[', ']')
 
-    let s:curtabstop = repeat(' ', &tabstop)
-    if g:r_indent_align_args == 1
-
-        if pb == 0 && bb == 0 && (line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$' || cline =~ '^\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]')
-            return indent(lnum)
-        endif
-
-        if pb > 0
-            if &filetype == "rhelp"
-                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb)
-            else
-                let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '(', ')', pb)
-            endif
-            return ind
-        endif
-
-        if pb < 0 && line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
-            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
-            while pb < 1 && lnum > 0
-                let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-                let line = substitute(line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
-                let ind = strlen(line)
-                while ind > 0
-                    if line[ind] == ')'
-                        let pb -= 1
-                    else
-                        if line[ind] == '('
-                            let pb += 1
-                        endif
-                    endif
-                    if pb == 1
-                        return ind + 1
-                    endif
-                    let ind -= 1
-                endwhile
-                let lnum -= 1
-            endwhile
-            return 0
-        endif
-
-        if bb > 0
-            let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '[', ']', bb)
-            return ind
-        endif
+    if pb > 0
+      if &filetype == "rhelp"
+        let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(line, '(', ')', pb)
+      else
+        let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '(', ')', pb)
+      endif
+      return ind
     endif
 
-    let post_block = 0
-    if line =~ '}$'
-        let lnum = s:Get_matching_brace(lnum, '{', '}', 0)
+    if pb < 0 && line =~ '.*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+      let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+      while pb < 1 && lnum > 0
         let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-        if lnum > 0 && line =~ '^\s*{'
-            let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
-            let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-        endif
-        let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
-        let post_block = 1
-    endif
-
-    let post_fun = 0
-    if pb < 0 && line !~ ')\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
-        let post_fun = 1
-        while pb < 0 && lnum > 0
-            let lnum -= 1
-            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-            let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
-            let line = linepiece . line
-        endwhile
-        if line =~ '{$' && post_block == 0
-            return indent(lnum) + &sw
-        endif
-
-        " Now we can do some tests again
-        if cline =~ '^\s*{'
-            return indent(lnum)
-        endif
-        if post_block == 0
-            let newl = SanitizeRLine(line)
-            if newl =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || newl =~ '\<else$' || newl =~ '<-$'
-                return indent(lnum) + &sw
+        let line = substitute(line, '\t', s:curtabstop, "g")
+        let ind = strlen(line)
+        while ind > 0
+          if line[ind] == ')'
+            let pb -= 1
+          else
+            if line[ind] == '('
+              let pb += 1
             endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    if cline =~ '^\s*else'
-        if line =~ '<-\s*if\s*()'
-            return indent(lnum) + &sw
-        else
-            if line =~ '\<if\s*()'
-                return indent(lnum)
-            else
-                return indent(lnum) - &sw
-            endif
-        endif
-    endif
-
-    if bb < 0 && line =~ '.*]'
-        while bb < 0 && lnum > 0
-            let lnum -= 1
-            let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
-            let bb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "[", "]")
-            let line = linepiece . line
+          endif
+          if pb == 1
+            return ind + 1
+          endif
+          let ind -= 1
         endwhile
-        let line = s:RDelete_parens(line)
+        let lnum -= 1
+      endwhile
+      return 0
     endif
 
-    let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
-    let ppost_else = 0
-    if plnum > 0
-        let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-        let ppost_block = 0
-        if pline =~ '}$'
-            let ppost_block = 1
-            let plnum = s:Get_matching_brace(plnum, '{', '}', 0)
-            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-            if pline =~ '^\s*{$' && plnum > 0
-                let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-                let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-            endif
-        endif
-
-        if pline =~ 'else$'
-            let ppost_else = 1
-            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 0)
-            let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-        endif
-
-        if pline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*('
-            let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-            let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
-            while ppline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*(' || ppline =~ '^\s*if\s*()\s*\S$'
-                let plnum = pplnum
-                let pline = ppline
-                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
-            endwhile
-            while ppline =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || ppline =~ '\<else$' || ppline =~ '<-$'
-                let plnum = pplnum
-                let pline = ppline
-                let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-                let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
-            endwhile
-        endif
-
-        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
-        if ppb < 0 && (pline =~ ')\s*{$' || pline =~ ')$')
-            while ppb < 0 && plnum > 0
-                let plnum -= 1
-                let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
-                let ppb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
-                let pline = linepiece . pline
-            endwhile
-            let pline = s:RDelete_parens(pline)
-        endif
+    if bb > 0
+      let ind = s:Get_last_paren_idx(getline(lnum), '[', ']', bb)
+      return ind
     endif
+  endif
 
-    let ind = indent(lnum)
-    let pind = indent(plnum)
-
-    if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && pb != 0
-        let ind += pb * &sw
-        return ind
+  let post_block = 0
+  if line =~ '}$'
+    let lnum = s:Get_matching_brace(lnum, '{', '}', 0)
+    let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+    if lnum > 0 && line =~ '^\s*{'
+      let lnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+      let line = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
     endif
+    let pb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '(', ')')
+    let post_block = 1
+  endif
 
-    if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && bb != 0
-        let ind += bb * &sw
-        return ind
+  " Indent after operator pattern
+  let olnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+  let oline = getline(olnum)
+  if olnum > 0
+    if line =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern
+      if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern
+        return indent(lnum)
+      else
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+      endif
+    else
+      if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern
+        return indent(lnum) - &sw
+      endif
     endif
+  endif
 
-    if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
-        return ind
-    endif
-
-    let pline = getline(plnum)
-    let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
-
-    while pind < ind && plnum > 0 && ppb == 0 && pbb == 0
-        let ind = pind
-        let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
-        let pline = getline(plnum)
-        let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
-        let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
-        while pline =~ '^\s*else'
-            let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 1)
-            let pline = getline(plnum)
-            let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
-            let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
-        endwhile
-        let pind = indent(plnum)
-        if ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$'
-            return ind
-        endif
+  let post_fun = 0
+  if pb < 0 && line !~ ')\s*[,&|\-\*+<>]$'
+    let post_fun = 1
+    while pb < 0 && lnum > 0
+      let lnum -= 1
+      let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+      let pb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+      let line = linepiece . line
     endwhile
+    if line =~ '{$' && post_block == 0
+      return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    endif
 
+    " Now we can do some tests again
+    if cline =~ '^\s*{'
+      return indent(lnum)
+    endif
+    if post_block == 0
+      let newl = SanitizeRLine(line)
+      if newl =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || newl =~ '\<else$' || newl =~ '<-$'
+        return indent(lnum) + &sw
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if cline =~ '^\s*else'
+    if line =~ '<-\s*if\s*()'
+      return indent(lnum) + &sw
+    else
+      if line =~ '\<if\s*()'
+        return indent(lnum)
+      else
+        return indent(lnum) - &sw
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  let bb = s:Get_paren_balance(line, '[', ']')
+  if bb < 0 && line =~ '.*]'
+    while bb < 0 && lnum > 0
+      let lnum -= 1
+      let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(lnum))
+      let bb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "[", "]")
+      let line = linepiece . line
+    endwhile
+    let line = s:RDelete_parens(line)
+  endif
+
+  let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
+  let ppost_else = 0
+  if plnum > 0
+    let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+    let ppost_block = 0
+    if pline =~ '}$'
+      let ppost_block = 1
+      let plnum = s:Get_matching_brace(plnum, '{', '}', 0)
+      let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+      if pline =~ '^\s*{$' && plnum > 0
+        let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    if pline =~ 'else$'
+      let ppost_else = 1
+      let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 0)
+      let pline = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+    endif
+
+    if pline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*('
+      let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+      let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+      while ppline =~ '^\s*else\s*if\s*(' || ppline =~ '^\s*if\s*()\s*\S$'
+        let plnum = pplnum
+        let pline = ppline
+        let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+      endwhile
+      while ppline =~ '\<\(if\|while\|for\|function\)\s*()$' || ppline =~ '\<else$' || ppline =~ '<-$'
+        let plnum = pplnum
+        let pline = ppline
+        let pplnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+        let ppline = SanitizeRLine(getline(pplnum))
+      endwhile
+    endif
+
+    let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+    if ppb < 0 && (pline =~ ')\s*{$' || pline =~ ')$')
+      while ppb < 0 && plnum > 0
+        let plnum -= 1
+        let linepiece = SanitizeRLine(getline(plnum))
+        let ppb += s:Get_paren_balance(linepiece, "(", ")")
+        let pline = linepiece . pline
+      endwhile
+      let pline = s:RDelete_parens(pline)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  let ind = indent(lnum)
+  let pind = indent(plnum)
+
+  if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && pb != 0
+    let ind += pb * &sw
     return ind
+  endif
+
+  if g:r_indent_align_args == 0 && bb != 0
+    let ind += bb * &sw
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  if ind == pind || (ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$' && ppost_else == 0)
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  let pline = getline(plnum)
+  let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+
+  while pind < ind && plnum > 0 && ppb == 0 && pbb == 0
+    let ind = pind
+    let plnum = s:Get_prev_line(plnum)
+    let pline = getline(plnum)
+    let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+    let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+    while pline =~ '^\s*else'
+      let plnum = s:Get_matching_if(plnum, 1)
+      let pline = getline(plnum)
+      let ppb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '(', ')')
+      let pbb = s:Get_paren_balance(pline, '[', ']')
+    endwhile
+    let pind = indent(plnum)
+    if ind == (pind  + &sw) && pline =~ '{$'
+      return ind
+    endif
+  endwhile
+
+  return ind
 
 endfunction
 
-" vim: sw=4
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/indent/rhelp.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	R Documentation (Help), *.Rd
+" Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Thu Oct 16, 2014  07:07AM
+
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+runtime indent/r.vim
+let s:RIndent = function(substitute(&indentexpr, "()", "", ""))
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal noautoindent
+setlocal nocindent
+setlocal nosmartindent
+setlocal nolisp
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentexpr=GetCorrectRHelpIndent()
+
+" Only define the functions once.
+if exists("*GetRHelpIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+function s:SanitizeRHelpLine(line)
+  let newline = substitute(a:line, '\\\\', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\\{', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\\}', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\\%', "x", "g")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '%.*', "", "")
+  let newline = substitute(newline, '\s*$', "", "")
+  return newline
+endfunction
+
+function GetRHelpIndent()
+
+  let clnum = line(".")    " current line
+  if clnum == 1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  let cline = getline(clnum)
+
+  if cline =~ '^\s*}\s*$'
+    let i = clnum
+    let bb = -1
+    while bb != 0 && i > 1
+      let i -= 1
+      let line = s:SanitizeRHelpLine(getline(i))
+      let line2 = substitute(line, "{", "", "g")
+      let openb = strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+      let line3 = substitute(line2, "}", "", "g")
+      let closeb = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+      let bb += openb - closeb
+    endwhile
+    return indent(i)
+  endif
+
+  if cline =~ '^\s*#ifdef\>' || cline =~ '^\s*#endif\>'
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let lnum = clnum - 1
+  let line = getline(lnum)
+  if line =~ '^\s*#ifdef\>' || line =~ '^\s*#endif\>'
+    let lnum -= 1
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+  endif
+  while lnum > 1 && (line =~ '^\s*$' || line =~ '^#ifdef' || line =~ '^#endif')
+    let lnum -= 1
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+  endwhile
+  if lnum == 1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  let line = s:SanitizeRHelpLine(line)
+  let line2 = substitute(line, "{", "", "g")
+  let openb = strlen(line) - strlen(line2)
+  let line3 = substitute(line2, "}", "", "g")
+  let closeb = strlen(line2) - strlen(line3)
+  let bb = openb - closeb
+
+  let ind = indent(lnum) + (bb * &sw)
+
+  if line =~ '^\s*}\s*$'
+    let ind = indent(lnum)
+  endif
+
+  if ind < 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+function GetCorrectRHelpIndent()
+  let lastsection = search('^\\[a-z]*{', "bncW")
+  let secname = getline(lastsection)
+  if secname =~ '^\\usage{' || secname =~ '^\\examples{' || secname =~ '^\\dontshow{' || secname =~ '^\\dontrun{' || secname =~ '^\\donttest{' || secname =~ '^\\testonly{' || secname =~ '^\\method{.*}{.*}('
+    return s:RIndent()
+  else
+    return GetRHelpIndent()
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/indent/rmd.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	Rmd
+" Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Thu Jul 10, 2014  07:11PM
+
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+runtime indent/r.vim
+let s:RIndent = function(substitute(&indentexpr, "()", "", ""))
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
+setlocal indentexpr=GetRmdIndent()
+
+if exists("*GetRmdIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+function GetMdIndent()
+  let pline = getline(v:lnum - 1)
+  let cline = getline(v:lnum)
+  if prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1) < v:lnum - 1 || cline =~ '^\s*[-\+\*]\s' || cline =~ '^\s*\d\+\.\s\+'
+    return indent(v:lnum)
+  elseif pline =~ '^\s*[-\+\*]\s'
+    return indent(v:lnum - 1) + 2
+  elseif pline =~ '^\s*\d\+\.\s\+'
+    return indent(v:lnum - 1) + 3
+  endif
+  return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
+endfunction
+
+function GetRmdIndent()
+  if getline(".") =~ '^[ \t]*```{r .*}$' || getline(".") =~ '^[ \t]*```$'
+    return 0
+  endif
+  if search('^[ \t]*```{r', "bncW") > search('^[ \t]*```$', "bncW")
+    return s:RIndent()
+  else
+    return GetMdIndent()
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=2

runtime/indent/rnoweb.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	Rnoweb
+" Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	Sun Mar 22, 2015  09:28AM
+
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+runtime indent/tex.vim
+let s:TeXIndent = function(substitute(&indentexpr, "()", "", ""))
+unlet b:did_indent
+runtime indent/r.vim
+let s:RIndent = function(substitute(&indentexpr, "()", "", ""))
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},!^F,o,O,e,},=\bibitem,=\item
+setlocal indentexpr=GetRnowebIndent()
+
+if exists("*GetRnowebIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+
+function GetRnowebIndent()
+  let curline = getline(".")
+  if curline =~ '^<<.*>>=$' || curline =~ '^\s*@$'
+    return 0
+  endif
+  if search("^<<", "bncW") > search("^@", "bncW")
+    return s:RIndent()
+  endif
+  return s:TeXIndent()
+endfunction
+
+" vim: sw=2